1 /* vi:set ts=8 sts=4 sw=4: 2 * 3 * VIM - Vi IMproved by Bram Moolenaar 4 * 5 * Do ":help uganda" in Vim to read copying and usage conditions. 6 * Do ":help credits" in Vim to see a list of people who contributed. 7 * See README.txt for an overview of the Vim source code. 8 */ 9 10 /* 11 * screen.c: code for displaying on the screen 12 * 13 * Output to the screen (console, terminal emulator or GUI window) is minimized 14 * by remembering what is already on the screen, and only updating the parts 15 * that changed. 16 * 17 * ScreenLines[off] Contains a copy of the whole screen, as it is currently 18 * displayed (excluding text written by external commands). 19 * ScreenAttrs[off] Contains the associated attributes. 20 * LineOffset[row] Contains the offset into ScreenLines*[] and ScreenAttrs[] 21 * for each line. 22 * LineWraps[row] Flag for each line whether it wraps to the next line. 23 * 24 * For double-byte characters, two consecutive bytes in ScreenLines[] can form 25 * one character which occupies two display cells. 26 * For UTF-8 a multi-byte character is converted to Unicode and stored in 27 * ScreenLinesUC[]. ScreenLines[] contains the first byte only. For an ASCII 28 * character without composing chars ScreenLinesUC[] will be 0 and 29 * ScreenLinesC[][] is not used. When the character occupies two display 30 * cells the next byte in ScreenLines[] is 0. 31 * ScreenLinesC[][] contain up to 'maxcombine' composing characters 32 * (drawn on top of the first character). There is 0 after the last one used. 33 * ScreenLines2[] is only used for euc-jp to store the second byte if the 34 * first byte is 0x8e (single-width character). 35 * 36 * The screen_*() functions write to the screen and handle updating 37 * ScreenLines[]. 38 * 39 * update_screen() is the function that updates all windows and status lines. 40 * It is called form the main loop when must_redraw is non-zero. It may be 41 * called from other places when an immediate screen update is needed. 42 * 43 * The part of the buffer that is displayed in a window is set with: 44 * - w_topline (first buffer line in window) 45 * - w_topfill (filler lines above the first line) 46 * - w_leftcol (leftmost window cell in window), 47 * - w_skipcol (skipped window cells of first line) 48 * 49 * Commands that only move the cursor around in a window, do not need to take 50 * action to update the display. The main loop will check if w_topline is 51 * valid and update it (scroll the window) when needed. 52 * 53 * Commands that scroll a window change w_topline and must call 54 * check_cursor() to move the cursor into the visible part of the window, and 55 * call redraw_later(VALID) to have the window displayed by update_screen() 56 * later. 57 * 58 * Commands that change text in the buffer must call changed_bytes() or 59 * changed_lines() to mark the area that changed and will require updating 60 * later. The main loop will call update_screen(), which will update each 61 * window that shows the changed buffer. This assumes text above the change 62 * can remain displayed as it is. Text after the change may need updating for 63 * scrolling, folding and syntax highlighting. 64 * 65 * Commands that change how a window is displayed (e.g., setting 'list') or 66 * invalidate the contents of a window in another way (e.g., change fold 67 * settings), must call redraw_later(NOT_VALID) to have the whole window 68 * redisplayed by update_screen() later. 69 * 70 * Commands that change how a buffer is displayed (e.g., setting 'tabstop') 71 * must call redraw_curbuf_later(NOT_VALID) to have all the windows for the 72 * buffer redisplayed by update_screen() later. 73 * 74 * Commands that change highlighting and possibly cause a scroll too must call 75 * redraw_later(SOME_VALID) to update the whole window but still use scrolling 76 * to avoid redrawing everything. But the length of displayed lines must not 77 * change, use NOT_VALID then. 78 * 79 * Commands that move the window position must call redraw_later(NOT_VALID). 80 * TODO: should minimize redrawing by scrolling when possible. 81 * 82 * Commands that change everything (e.g., resizing the screen) must call 83 * redraw_all_later(NOT_VALID) or redraw_all_later(CLEAR). 84 * 85 * Things that are handled indirectly: 86 * - When messages scroll the screen up, msg_scrolled will be set and 87 * update_screen() called to redraw. 88 */ 89 90 #include "vim.h" 91 92 #define MB_FILLER_CHAR '<' /* character used when a double-width character 93 * doesn't fit. */ 94 95 /* 96 * The attributes that are actually active for writing to the screen. 97 */ 98 static int screen_attr = 0; 99 100 /* 101 * Positioning the cursor is reduced by remembering the last position. 102 * Mostly used by windgoto() and screen_char(). 103 */ 104 static int screen_cur_row, screen_cur_col; /* last known cursor position */ 105 106 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA 107 static match_T search_hl; /* used for 'hlsearch' highlight matching */ 108 #endif 109 110 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 111 static foldinfo_T win_foldinfo; /* info for 'foldcolumn' */ 112 static int compute_foldcolumn __ARGS((win_T *wp, int col)); 113 #endif 114 115 /* 116 * Buffer for one screen line (characters and attributes). 117 */ 118 static schar_T *current_ScreenLine; 119 120 static void win_update __ARGS((win_T *wp)); 121 static void win_draw_end __ARGS((win_T *wp, int c1, int c2, int row, int endrow, hlf_T hl)); 122 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 123 static void fold_line __ARGS((win_T *wp, long fold_count, foldinfo_T *foldinfo, linenr_T lnum, int row)); 124 static void fill_foldcolumn __ARGS((char_u *p, win_T *wp, int closed, linenr_T lnum)); 125 static void copy_text_attr __ARGS((int off, char_u *buf, int len, int attr)); 126 #endif 127 static int win_line __ARGS((win_T *, linenr_T, int, int, int nochange)); 128 static int char_needs_redraw __ARGS((int off_from, int off_to, int cols)); 129 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 130 static void screen_line __ARGS((int row, int coloff, int endcol, int clear_width, int rlflag)); 131 # define SCREEN_LINE(r, o, e, c, rl) screen_line((r), (o), (e), (c), (rl)) 132 #else 133 static void screen_line __ARGS((int row, int coloff, int endcol, int clear_width)); 134 # define SCREEN_LINE(r, o, e, c, rl) screen_line((r), (o), (e), (c)) 135 #endif 136 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT 137 static void draw_vsep_win __ARGS((win_T *wp, int row)); 138 #endif 139 #ifdef FEAT_STL_OPT 140 static void redraw_custom_statusline __ARGS((win_T *wp)); 141 #endif 142 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA 143 # define SEARCH_HL_PRIORITY 0 144 static void start_search_hl __ARGS((void)); 145 static void end_search_hl __ARGS((void)); 146 static void init_search_hl __ARGS((win_T *wp)); 147 static void prepare_search_hl __ARGS((win_T *wp, linenr_T lnum)); 148 static void next_search_hl __ARGS((win_T *win, match_T *shl, linenr_T lnum, colnr_T mincol, matchitem_T *cur)); 149 static int next_search_hl_pos __ARGS((match_T *shl, linenr_T lnum, posmatch_T *pos, colnr_T mincol)); 150 #endif 151 static void screen_start_highlight __ARGS((int attr)); 152 static void screen_char __ARGS((unsigned off, int row, int col)); 153 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 154 static void screen_char_2 __ARGS((unsigned off, int row, int col)); 155 #endif 156 static void screenclear2 __ARGS((void)); 157 static void lineclear __ARGS((unsigned off, int width)); 158 static void lineinvalid __ARGS((unsigned off, int width)); 159 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT 160 static void linecopy __ARGS((int to, int from, win_T *wp)); 161 static void redraw_block __ARGS((int row, int end, win_T *wp)); 162 #endif 163 static int win_do_lines __ARGS((win_T *wp, int row, int line_count, int mayclear, int del)); 164 static void win_rest_invalid __ARGS((win_T *wp)); 165 static void msg_pos_mode __ARGS((void)); 166 static void recording_mode __ARGS((int attr)); 167 #if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) 168 static void draw_tabline __ARGS((void)); 169 #endif 170 #if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) || defined(FEAT_WILDMENU) || defined(FEAT_STL_OPT) 171 static int fillchar_status __ARGS((int *attr, int is_curwin)); 172 #endif 173 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT 174 static int fillchar_vsep __ARGS((int *attr)); 175 #endif 176 #ifdef FEAT_STL_OPT 177 static void win_redr_custom __ARGS((win_T *wp, int draw_ruler)); 178 #endif 179 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO 180 static void win_redr_ruler __ARGS((win_T *wp, int always)); 181 #endif 182 183 #if defined(FEAT_CLIPBOARD) || defined(FEAT_VERTSPLIT) 184 /* Ugly global: overrule attribute used by screen_char() */ 185 static int screen_char_attr = 0; 186 #endif 187 188 /* 189 * Redraw the current window later, with update_screen(type). 190 * Set must_redraw only if not already set to a higher value. 191 * e.g. if must_redraw is CLEAR, type NOT_VALID will do nothing. 192 */ 193 void 194 redraw_later(type) 195 int type; 196 { 197 redraw_win_later(curwin, type); 198 } 199 200 void 201 redraw_win_later(wp, type) 202 win_T *wp; 203 int type; 204 { 205 if (wp->w_redr_type < type) 206 { 207 wp->w_redr_type = type; 208 if (type >= NOT_VALID) 209 wp->w_lines_valid = 0; 210 if (must_redraw < type) /* must_redraw is the maximum of all windows */ 211 must_redraw = type; 212 } 213 } 214 215 /* 216 * Force a complete redraw later. Also resets the highlighting. To be used 217 * after executing a shell command that messes up the screen. 218 */ 219 void 220 redraw_later_clear() 221 { 222 redraw_all_later(CLEAR); 223 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 224 if (gui.in_use) 225 /* Use a code that will reset gui.highlight_mask in 226 * gui_stop_highlight(). */ 227 screen_attr = HL_ALL + 1; 228 else 229 #endif 230 /* Use attributes that is very unlikely to appear in text. */ 231 screen_attr = HL_BOLD | HL_UNDERLINE | HL_INVERSE; 232 } 233 234 /* 235 * Mark all windows to be redrawn later. 236 */ 237 void 238 redraw_all_later(type) 239 int type; 240 { 241 win_T *wp; 242 243 FOR_ALL_WINDOWS(wp) 244 { 245 redraw_win_later(wp, type); 246 } 247 } 248 249 /* 250 * Mark all windows that are editing the current buffer to be updated later. 251 */ 252 void 253 redraw_curbuf_later(type) 254 int type; 255 { 256 redraw_buf_later(curbuf, type); 257 } 258 259 void 260 redraw_buf_later(buf, type) 261 buf_T *buf; 262 int type; 263 { 264 win_T *wp; 265 266 FOR_ALL_WINDOWS(wp) 267 { 268 if (wp->w_buffer == buf) 269 redraw_win_later(wp, type); 270 } 271 } 272 273 /* 274 * Redraw as soon as possible. When the command line is not scrolled redraw 275 * right away and restore what was on the command line. 276 * Return a code indicating what happened. 277 */ 278 int 279 redraw_asap(type) 280 int type; 281 { 282 int rows; 283 int cols = screen_Columns; 284 int r; 285 int ret = 0; 286 schar_T *screenline; /* copy from ScreenLines[] */ 287 sattr_T *screenattr; /* copy from ScreenAttrs[] */ 288 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 289 int i; 290 u8char_T *screenlineUC = NULL; /* copy from ScreenLinesUC[] */ 291 u8char_T *screenlineC[MAX_MCO]; /* copy from ScreenLinesC[][] */ 292 schar_T *screenline2 = NULL; /* copy from ScreenLines2[] */ 293 #endif 294 295 redraw_later(type); 296 if (msg_scrolled || (State != NORMAL && State != NORMAL_BUSY) || exiting) 297 return ret; 298 299 /* Allocate space to save the text displayed in the command line area. */ 300 rows = screen_Rows - cmdline_row; 301 screenline = (schar_T *)lalloc( 302 (long_u)(rows * cols * sizeof(schar_T)), FALSE); 303 screenattr = (sattr_T *)lalloc( 304 (long_u)(rows * cols * sizeof(sattr_T)), FALSE); 305 if (screenline == NULL || screenattr == NULL) 306 ret = 2; 307 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 308 if (enc_utf8) 309 { 310 screenlineUC = (u8char_T *)lalloc( 311 (long_u)(rows * cols * sizeof(u8char_T)), FALSE); 312 if (screenlineUC == NULL) 313 ret = 2; 314 for (i = 0; i < p_mco; ++i) 315 { 316 screenlineC[i] = (u8char_T *)lalloc( 317 (long_u)(rows * cols * sizeof(u8char_T)), FALSE); 318 if (screenlineC[i] == NULL) 319 ret = 2; 320 } 321 } 322 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU) 323 { 324 screenline2 = (schar_T *)lalloc( 325 (long_u)(rows * cols * sizeof(schar_T)), FALSE); 326 if (screenline2 == NULL) 327 ret = 2; 328 } 329 #endif 330 331 if (ret != 2) 332 { 333 /* Save the text displayed in the command line area. */ 334 for (r = 0; r < rows; ++r) 335 { 336 mch_memmove(screenline + r * cols, 337 ScreenLines + LineOffset[cmdline_row + r], 338 (size_t)cols * sizeof(schar_T)); 339 mch_memmove(screenattr + r * cols, 340 ScreenAttrs + LineOffset[cmdline_row + r], 341 (size_t)cols * sizeof(sattr_T)); 342 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 343 if (enc_utf8) 344 { 345 mch_memmove(screenlineUC + r * cols, 346 ScreenLinesUC + LineOffset[cmdline_row + r], 347 (size_t)cols * sizeof(u8char_T)); 348 for (i = 0; i < p_mco; ++i) 349 mch_memmove(screenlineC[i] + r * cols, 350 ScreenLinesC[i] + LineOffset[cmdline_row + r], 351 (size_t)cols * sizeof(u8char_T)); 352 } 353 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU) 354 mch_memmove(screenline2 + r * cols, 355 ScreenLines2 + LineOffset[cmdline_row + r], 356 (size_t)cols * sizeof(schar_T)); 357 #endif 358 } 359 360 update_screen(0); 361 ret = 3; 362 363 if (must_redraw == 0) 364 { 365 int off = (int)(current_ScreenLine - ScreenLines); 366 367 /* Restore the text displayed in the command line area. */ 368 for (r = 0; r < rows; ++r) 369 { 370 mch_memmove(current_ScreenLine, 371 screenline + r * cols, 372 (size_t)cols * sizeof(schar_T)); 373 mch_memmove(ScreenAttrs + off, 374 screenattr + r * cols, 375 (size_t)cols * sizeof(sattr_T)); 376 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 377 if (enc_utf8) 378 { 379 mch_memmove(ScreenLinesUC + off, 380 screenlineUC + r * cols, 381 (size_t)cols * sizeof(u8char_T)); 382 for (i = 0; i < p_mco; ++i) 383 mch_memmove(ScreenLinesC[i] + off, 384 screenlineC[i] + r * cols, 385 (size_t)cols * sizeof(u8char_T)); 386 } 387 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU) 388 mch_memmove(ScreenLines2 + off, 389 screenline2 + r * cols, 390 (size_t)cols * sizeof(schar_T)); 391 #endif 392 SCREEN_LINE(cmdline_row + r, 0, cols, cols, FALSE); 393 } 394 ret = 4; 395 } 396 } 397 398 vim_free(screenline); 399 vim_free(screenattr); 400 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 401 if (enc_utf8) 402 { 403 vim_free(screenlineUC); 404 for (i = 0; i < p_mco; ++i) 405 vim_free(screenlineC[i]); 406 } 407 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU) 408 vim_free(screenline2); 409 #endif 410 411 /* Show the intro message when appropriate. */ 412 maybe_intro_message(); 413 414 setcursor(); 415 416 return ret; 417 } 418 419 /* 420 * Changed something in the current window, at buffer line "lnum", that 421 * requires that line and possibly other lines to be redrawn. 422 * Used when entering/leaving Insert mode with the cursor on a folded line. 423 * Used to remove the "$" from a change command. 424 * Note that when also inserting/deleting lines w_redraw_top and w_redraw_bot 425 * may become invalid and the whole window will have to be redrawn. 426 */ 427 void 428 redrawWinline(lnum, invalid) 429 linenr_T lnum; 430 int invalid UNUSED; /* window line height is invalid now */ 431 { 432 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 433 int i; 434 #endif 435 436 if (curwin->w_redraw_top == 0 || curwin->w_redraw_top > lnum) 437 curwin->w_redraw_top = lnum; 438 if (curwin->w_redraw_bot == 0 || curwin->w_redraw_bot < lnum) 439 curwin->w_redraw_bot = lnum; 440 redraw_later(VALID); 441 442 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 443 if (invalid) 444 { 445 /* A w_lines[] entry for this lnum has become invalid. */ 446 i = find_wl_entry(curwin, lnum); 447 if (i >= 0) 448 curwin->w_lines[i].wl_valid = FALSE; 449 } 450 #endif 451 } 452 453 /* 454 * update all windows that are editing the current buffer 455 */ 456 void 457 update_curbuf(type) 458 int type; 459 { 460 redraw_curbuf_later(type); 461 update_screen(type); 462 } 463 464 /* 465 * update_screen() 466 * 467 * Based on the current value of curwin->w_topline, transfer a screenfull 468 * of stuff from Filemem to ScreenLines[], and update curwin->w_botline. 469 */ 470 void 471 update_screen(type) 472 int type; 473 { 474 win_T *wp; 475 static int did_intro = FALSE; 476 #if defined(FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA) || defined(FEAT_CLIPBOARD) 477 int did_one; 478 #endif 479 480 /* Don't do anything if the screen structures are (not yet) valid. */ 481 if (!screen_valid(TRUE)) 482 return; 483 484 if (must_redraw) 485 { 486 if (type < must_redraw) /* use maximal type */ 487 type = must_redraw; 488 489 /* must_redraw is reset here, so that when we run into some weird 490 * reason to redraw while busy redrawing (e.g., asynchronous 491 * scrolling), or update_topline() in win_update() will cause a 492 * scroll, the screen will be redrawn later or in win_update(). */ 493 must_redraw = 0; 494 } 495 496 /* Need to update w_lines[]. */ 497 if (curwin->w_lines_valid == 0 && type < NOT_VALID) 498 type = NOT_VALID; 499 500 /* Postpone the redrawing when it's not needed and when being called 501 * recursively. */ 502 if (!redrawing() || updating_screen) 503 { 504 redraw_later(type); /* remember type for next time */ 505 must_redraw = type; 506 if (type > INVERTED_ALL) 507 curwin->w_lines_valid = 0; /* don't use w_lines[].wl_size now */ 508 return; 509 } 510 511 updating_screen = TRUE; 512 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 513 ++display_tick; /* let syntax code know we're in a next round of 514 * display updating */ 515 #endif 516 517 /* 518 * if the screen was scrolled up when displaying a message, scroll it down 519 */ 520 if (msg_scrolled) 521 { 522 clear_cmdline = TRUE; 523 if (msg_scrolled > Rows - 5) /* clearing is faster */ 524 type = CLEAR; 525 else if (type != CLEAR) 526 { 527 check_for_delay(FALSE); 528 if (screen_ins_lines(0, 0, msg_scrolled, (int)Rows, NULL) == FAIL) 529 type = CLEAR; 530 FOR_ALL_WINDOWS(wp) 531 { 532 if (W_WINROW(wp) < msg_scrolled) 533 { 534 if (W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height > msg_scrolled 535 && wp->w_redr_type < REDRAW_TOP 536 && wp->w_lines_valid > 0 537 && wp->w_topline == wp->w_lines[0].wl_lnum) 538 { 539 wp->w_upd_rows = msg_scrolled - W_WINROW(wp); 540 wp->w_redr_type = REDRAW_TOP; 541 } 542 else 543 { 544 wp->w_redr_type = NOT_VALID; 545 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 546 if (W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height + W_STATUS_HEIGHT(wp) 547 <= msg_scrolled) 548 wp->w_redr_status = TRUE; 549 #endif 550 } 551 } 552 } 553 redraw_cmdline = TRUE; 554 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 555 redraw_tabline = TRUE; 556 #endif 557 } 558 msg_scrolled = 0; 559 need_wait_return = FALSE; 560 } 561 562 /* reset cmdline_row now (may have been changed temporarily) */ 563 compute_cmdrow(); 564 565 /* Check for changed highlighting */ 566 if (need_highlight_changed) 567 highlight_changed(); 568 569 if (type == CLEAR) /* first clear screen */ 570 { 571 screenclear(); /* will reset clear_cmdline */ 572 type = NOT_VALID; 573 } 574 575 if (clear_cmdline) /* going to clear cmdline (done below) */ 576 check_for_delay(FALSE); 577 578 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK 579 /* Force redraw when width of 'number' or 'relativenumber' column 580 * changes. */ 581 if (curwin->w_redr_type < NOT_VALID 582 && curwin->w_nrwidth != ((curwin->w_p_nu || curwin->w_p_rnu) 583 ? number_width(curwin) : 0)) 584 curwin->w_redr_type = NOT_VALID; 585 #endif 586 587 /* 588 * Only start redrawing if there is really something to do. 589 */ 590 if (type == INVERTED) 591 update_curswant(); 592 if (curwin->w_redr_type < type 593 && !((type == VALID 594 && curwin->w_lines[0].wl_valid 595 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 596 && curwin->w_topfill == curwin->w_old_topfill 597 && curwin->w_botfill == curwin->w_old_botfill 598 #endif 599 && curwin->w_topline == curwin->w_lines[0].wl_lnum) 600 || (type == INVERTED 601 && VIsual_active 602 && curwin->w_old_cursor_lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum 603 && curwin->w_old_visual_mode == VIsual_mode 604 && (curwin->w_valid & VALID_VIRTCOL) 605 && curwin->w_old_curswant == curwin->w_curswant) 606 )) 607 curwin->w_redr_type = type; 608 609 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 610 /* Redraw the tab pages line if needed. */ 611 if (redraw_tabline || type >= NOT_VALID) 612 draw_tabline(); 613 #endif 614 615 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 616 /* 617 * Correct stored syntax highlighting info for changes in each displayed 618 * buffer. Each buffer must only be done once. 619 */ 620 FOR_ALL_WINDOWS(wp) 621 { 622 if (wp->w_buffer->b_mod_set) 623 { 624 # ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 625 win_T *wwp; 626 627 /* Check if we already did this buffer. */ 628 for (wwp = firstwin; wwp != wp; wwp = wwp->w_next) 629 if (wwp->w_buffer == wp->w_buffer) 630 break; 631 # endif 632 if ( 633 # ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 634 wwp == wp && 635 # endif 636 syntax_present(wp)) 637 syn_stack_apply_changes(wp->w_buffer); 638 } 639 } 640 #endif 641 642 /* 643 * Go from top to bottom through the windows, redrawing the ones that need 644 * it. 645 */ 646 #if defined(FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA) || defined(FEAT_CLIPBOARD) 647 did_one = FALSE; 648 #endif 649 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA 650 search_hl.rm.regprog = NULL; 651 #endif 652 FOR_ALL_WINDOWS(wp) 653 { 654 if (wp->w_redr_type != 0) 655 { 656 cursor_off(); 657 #if defined(FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA) || defined(FEAT_CLIPBOARD) 658 if (!did_one) 659 { 660 did_one = TRUE; 661 # ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA 662 start_search_hl(); 663 # endif 664 # ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD 665 /* When Visual area changed, may have to update selection. */ 666 if (clip_star.available && clip_isautosel_star()) 667 clip_update_selection(&clip_star); 668 if (clip_plus.available && clip_isautosel_plus()) 669 clip_update_selection(&clip_plus); 670 # endif 671 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 672 /* Remove the cursor before starting to do anything, because 673 * scrolling may make it difficult to redraw the text under 674 * it. */ 675 if (gui.in_use) 676 gui_undraw_cursor(); 677 #endif 678 } 679 #endif 680 win_update(wp); 681 } 682 683 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 684 /* redraw status line after the window to minimize cursor movement */ 685 if (wp->w_redr_status) 686 { 687 cursor_off(); 688 win_redr_status(wp); 689 } 690 #endif 691 } 692 #if defined(FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA) 693 end_search_hl(); 694 #endif 695 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND 696 /* May need to redraw the popup menu. */ 697 if (pum_visible()) 698 pum_redraw(); 699 #endif 700 701 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 702 /* Reset b_mod_set flags. Going through all windows is probably faster 703 * than going through all buffers (there could be many buffers). */ 704 for (wp = firstwin; wp != NULL; wp = wp->w_next) 705 wp->w_buffer->b_mod_set = FALSE; 706 #else 707 curbuf->b_mod_set = FALSE; 708 #endif 709 710 updating_screen = FALSE; 711 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 712 gui_may_resize_shell(); 713 #endif 714 715 /* Clear or redraw the command line. Done last, because scrolling may 716 * mess up the command line. */ 717 if (clear_cmdline || redraw_cmdline) 718 showmode(); 719 720 /* May put up an introductory message when not editing a file */ 721 if (!did_intro) 722 maybe_intro_message(); 723 did_intro = TRUE; 724 725 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 726 /* Redraw the cursor and update the scrollbars when all screen updating is 727 * done. */ 728 if (gui.in_use) 729 { 730 out_flush(); /* required before updating the cursor */ 731 if (did_one) 732 gui_update_cursor(FALSE, FALSE); 733 gui_update_scrollbars(FALSE); 734 } 735 #endif 736 } 737 738 #if defined(FEAT_CONCEAL) || defined(PROTO) 739 /* 740 * Return TRUE if the cursor line in window "wp" may be concealed, according 741 * to the 'concealcursor' option. 742 */ 743 int 744 conceal_cursor_line(wp) 745 win_T *wp; 746 { 747 int c; 748 749 if (*wp->w_p_cocu == NUL) 750 return FALSE; 751 if (get_real_state() & VISUAL) 752 c = 'v'; 753 else if (State & INSERT) 754 c = 'i'; 755 else if (State & NORMAL) 756 c = 'n'; 757 else if (State & CMDLINE) 758 c = 'c'; 759 else 760 return FALSE; 761 return vim_strchr(wp->w_p_cocu, c) != NULL; 762 } 763 764 /* 765 * Check if the cursor line needs to be redrawn because of 'concealcursor'. 766 */ 767 void 768 conceal_check_cursur_line() 769 { 770 if (curwin->w_p_cole > 0 && conceal_cursor_line(curwin)) 771 { 772 need_cursor_line_redraw = TRUE; 773 /* Need to recompute cursor column, e.g., when starting Visual mode 774 * without concealing. */ 775 curs_columns(TRUE); 776 } 777 } 778 779 void 780 update_single_line(wp, lnum) 781 win_T *wp; 782 linenr_T lnum; 783 { 784 int row; 785 int j; 786 787 if (lnum >= wp->w_topline && lnum < wp->w_botline 788 && foldedCount(wp, lnum, &win_foldinfo) == 0) 789 { 790 # ifdef FEAT_GUI 791 /* Remove the cursor before starting to do anything, because scrolling 792 * may make it difficult to redraw the text under it. */ 793 if (gui.in_use) 794 gui_undraw_cursor(); 795 # endif 796 row = 0; 797 for (j = 0; j < wp->w_lines_valid; ++j) 798 { 799 if (lnum == wp->w_lines[j].wl_lnum) 800 { 801 screen_start(); /* not sure of screen cursor */ 802 # ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA 803 init_search_hl(wp); 804 start_search_hl(); 805 prepare_search_hl(wp, lnum); 806 # endif 807 win_line(wp, lnum, row, row + wp->w_lines[j].wl_size, FALSE); 808 # if defined(FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA) 809 end_search_hl(); 810 # endif 811 break; 812 } 813 row += wp->w_lines[j].wl_size; 814 } 815 # ifdef FEAT_GUI 816 /* Redraw the cursor */ 817 if (gui.in_use) 818 { 819 out_flush(); /* required before updating the cursor */ 820 gui_update_cursor(FALSE, FALSE); 821 } 822 # endif 823 } 824 need_cursor_line_redraw = FALSE; 825 } 826 #endif 827 828 #if defined(FEAT_SIGNS) || defined(FEAT_GUI) 829 static void update_prepare __ARGS((void)); 830 static void update_finish __ARGS((void)); 831 832 /* 833 * Prepare for updating one or more windows. 834 * Caller must check for "updating_screen" already set to avoid recursiveness. 835 */ 836 static void 837 update_prepare() 838 { 839 cursor_off(); 840 updating_screen = TRUE; 841 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 842 /* Remove the cursor before starting to do anything, because scrolling may 843 * make it difficult to redraw the text under it. */ 844 if (gui.in_use) 845 gui_undraw_cursor(); 846 #endif 847 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA 848 start_search_hl(); 849 #endif 850 } 851 852 /* 853 * Finish updating one or more windows. 854 */ 855 static void 856 update_finish() 857 { 858 if (redraw_cmdline) 859 showmode(); 860 861 # ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA 862 end_search_hl(); 863 # endif 864 865 updating_screen = FALSE; 866 867 # ifdef FEAT_GUI 868 gui_may_resize_shell(); 869 870 /* Redraw the cursor and update the scrollbars when all screen updating is 871 * done. */ 872 if (gui.in_use) 873 { 874 out_flush(); /* required before updating the cursor */ 875 gui_update_cursor(FALSE, FALSE); 876 gui_update_scrollbars(FALSE); 877 } 878 # endif 879 } 880 #endif 881 882 #if defined(FEAT_SIGNS) || defined(PROTO) 883 void 884 update_debug_sign(buf, lnum) 885 buf_T *buf; 886 linenr_T lnum; 887 { 888 win_T *wp; 889 int doit = FALSE; 890 891 # ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 892 win_foldinfo.fi_level = 0; 893 # endif 894 895 /* update/delete a specific mark */ 896 FOR_ALL_WINDOWS(wp) 897 { 898 if (buf != NULL && lnum > 0) 899 { 900 if (wp->w_buffer == buf && lnum >= wp->w_topline 901 && lnum < wp->w_botline) 902 { 903 if (wp->w_redraw_top == 0 || wp->w_redraw_top > lnum) 904 wp->w_redraw_top = lnum; 905 if (wp->w_redraw_bot == 0 || wp->w_redraw_bot < lnum) 906 wp->w_redraw_bot = lnum; 907 redraw_win_later(wp, VALID); 908 } 909 } 910 else 911 redraw_win_later(wp, VALID); 912 if (wp->w_redr_type != 0) 913 doit = TRUE; 914 } 915 916 /* Return when there is nothing to do, screen updating is already 917 * happening (recursive call) or still starting up. */ 918 if (!doit || updating_screen 919 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 920 || gui.starting 921 #endif 922 || starting) 923 return; 924 925 /* update all windows that need updating */ 926 update_prepare(); 927 928 # ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 929 for (wp = firstwin; wp; wp = wp->w_next) 930 { 931 if (wp->w_redr_type != 0) 932 win_update(wp); 933 if (wp->w_redr_status) 934 win_redr_status(wp); 935 } 936 # else 937 if (curwin->w_redr_type != 0) 938 win_update(curwin); 939 # endif 940 941 update_finish(); 942 } 943 #endif 944 945 946 #if defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(PROTO) 947 /* 948 * Update a single window, its status line and maybe the command line msg. 949 * Used for the GUI scrollbar. 950 */ 951 void 952 updateWindow(wp) 953 win_T *wp; 954 { 955 /* return if already busy updating */ 956 if (updating_screen) 957 return; 958 959 update_prepare(); 960 961 #ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD 962 /* When Visual area changed, may have to update selection. */ 963 if (clip_star.available && clip_isautosel_star()) 964 clip_update_selection(&clip_star); 965 if (clip_plus.available && clip_isautosel_plus()) 966 clip_update_selection(&clip_plus); 967 #endif 968 969 win_update(wp); 970 971 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 972 /* When the screen was cleared redraw the tab pages line. */ 973 if (redraw_tabline) 974 draw_tabline(); 975 976 if (wp->w_redr_status 977 # ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO 978 || p_ru 979 # endif 980 # ifdef FEAT_STL_OPT 981 || *p_stl != NUL || *wp->w_p_stl != NUL 982 # endif 983 ) 984 win_redr_status(wp); 985 #endif 986 987 update_finish(); 988 } 989 #endif 990 991 /* 992 * Update a single window. 993 * 994 * This may cause the windows below it also to be redrawn (when clearing the 995 * screen or scrolling lines). 996 * 997 * How the window is redrawn depends on wp->w_redr_type. Each type also 998 * implies the one below it. 999 * NOT_VALID redraw the whole window 1000 * SOME_VALID redraw the whole window but do scroll when possible 1001 * REDRAW_TOP redraw the top w_upd_rows window lines, otherwise like VALID 1002 * INVERTED redraw the changed part of the Visual area 1003 * INVERTED_ALL redraw the whole Visual area 1004 * VALID 1. scroll up/down to adjust for a changed w_topline 1005 * 2. update lines at the top when scrolled down 1006 * 3. redraw changed text: 1007 * - if wp->w_buffer->b_mod_set set, update lines between 1008 * b_mod_top and b_mod_bot. 1009 * - if wp->w_redraw_top non-zero, redraw lines between 1010 * wp->w_redraw_top and wp->w_redr_bot. 1011 * - continue redrawing when syntax status is invalid. 1012 * 4. if scrolled up, update lines at the bottom. 1013 * This results in three areas that may need updating: 1014 * top: from first row to top_end (when scrolled down) 1015 * mid: from mid_start to mid_end (update inversion or changed text) 1016 * bot: from bot_start to last row (when scrolled up) 1017 */ 1018 static void 1019 win_update(wp) 1020 win_T *wp; 1021 { 1022 buf_T *buf = wp->w_buffer; 1023 int type; 1024 int top_end = 0; /* Below last row of the top area that needs 1025 updating. 0 when no top area updating. */ 1026 int mid_start = 999;/* first row of the mid area that needs 1027 updating. 999 when no mid area updating. */ 1028 int mid_end = 0; /* Below last row of the mid area that needs 1029 updating. 0 when no mid area updating. */ 1030 int bot_start = 999;/* first row of the bot area that needs 1031 updating. 999 when no bot area updating */ 1032 int scrolled_down = FALSE; /* TRUE when scrolled down when 1033 w_topline got smaller a bit */ 1034 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA 1035 matchitem_T *cur; /* points to the match list */ 1036 int top_to_mod = FALSE; /* redraw above mod_top */ 1037 #endif 1038 1039 int row; /* current window row to display */ 1040 linenr_T lnum; /* current buffer lnum to display */ 1041 int idx; /* current index in w_lines[] */ 1042 int srow; /* starting row of the current line */ 1043 1044 int eof = FALSE; /* if TRUE, we hit the end of the file */ 1045 int didline = FALSE; /* if TRUE, we finished the last line */ 1046 int i; 1047 long j; 1048 static int recursive = FALSE; /* being called recursively */ 1049 int old_botline = wp->w_botline; 1050 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 1051 long fold_count; 1052 #endif 1053 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 1054 /* remember what happened to the previous line, to know if 1055 * check_visual_highlight() can be used */ 1056 #define DID_NONE 1 /* didn't update a line */ 1057 #define DID_LINE 2 /* updated a normal line */ 1058 #define DID_FOLD 3 /* updated a folded line */ 1059 int did_update = DID_NONE; 1060 linenr_T syntax_last_parsed = 0; /* last parsed text line */ 1061 #endif 1062 linenr_T mod_top = 0; 1063 linenr_T mod_bot = 0; 1064 #if defined(FEAT_SYN_HL) || defined(FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA) 1065 int save_got_int; 1066 #endif 1067 1068 type = wp->w_redr_type; 1069 1070 if (type == NOT_VALID) 1071 { 1072 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 1073 wp->w_redr_status = TRUE; 1074 #endif 1075 wp->w_lines_valid = 0; 1076 } 1077 1078 /* Window is zero-height: nothing to draw. */ 1079 if (wp->w_height == 0) 1080 { 1081 wp->w_redr_type = 0; 1082 return; 1083 } 1084 1085 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT 1086 /* Window is zero-width: Only need to draw the separator. */ 1087 if (wp->w_width == 0) 1088 { 1089 /* draw the vertical separator right of this window */ 1090 draw_vsep_win(wp, 0); 1091 wp->w_redr_type = 0; 1092 return; 1093 } 1094 #endif 1095 1096 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA 1097 init_search_hl(wp); 1098 #endif 1099 1100 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK 1101 /* Force redraw when width of 'number' or 'relativenumber' column 1102 * changes. */ 1103 i = (wp->w_p_nu || wp->w_p_rnu) ? number_width(wp) : 0; 1104 if (wp->w_nrwidth != i) 1105 { 1106 type = NOT_VALID; 1107 wp->w_nrwidth = i; 1108 } 1109 else 1110 #endif 1111 1112 if (buf->b_mod_set && buf->b_mod_xlines != 0 && wp->w_redraw_top != 0) 1113 { 1114 /* 1115 * When there are both inserted/deleted lines and specific lines to be 1116 * redrawn, w_redraw_top and w_redraw_bot may be invalid, just redraw 1117 * everything (only happens when redrawing is off for while). 1118 */ 1119 type = NOT_VALID; 1120 } 1121 else 1122 { 1123 /* 1124 * Set mod_top to the first line that needs displaying because of 1125 * changes. Set mod_bot to the first line after the changes. 1126 */ 1127 mod_top = wp->w_redraw_top; 1128 if (wp->w_redraw_bot != 0) 1129 mod_bot = wp->w_redraw_bot + 1; 1130 else 1131 mod_bot = 0; 1132 wp->w_redraw_top = 0; /* reset for next time */ 1133 wp->w_redraw_bot = 0; 1134 if (buf->b_mod_set) 1135 { 1136 if (mod_top == 0 || mod_top > buf->b_mod_top) 1137 { 1138 mod_top = buf->b_mod_top; 1139 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 1140 /* Need to redraw lines above the change that may be included 1141 * in a pattern match. */ 1142 if (syntax_present(wp)) 1143 { 1144 mod_top -= buf->b_s.b_syn_sync_linebreaks; 1145 if (mod_top < 1) 1146 mod_top = 1; 1147 } 1148 #endif 1149 } 1150 if (mod_bot == 0 || mod_bot < buf->b_mod_bot) 1151 mod_bot = buf->b_mod_bot; 1152 1153 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA 1154 /* When 'hlsearch' is on and using a multi-line search pattern, a 1155 * change in one line may make the Search highlighting in a 1156 * previous line invalid. Simple solution: redraw all visible 1157 * lines above the change. 1158 * Same for a match pattern. 1159 */ 1160 if (search_hl.rm.regprog != NULL 1161 && re_multiline(search_hl.rm.regprog)) 1162 top_to_mod = TRUE; 1163 else 1164 { 1165 cur = wp->w_match_head; 1166 while (cur != NULL) 1167 { 1168 if (cur->match.regprog != NULL 1169 && re_multiline(cur->match.regprog)) 1170 { 1171 top_to_mod = TRUE; 1172 break; 1173 } 1174 cur = cur->next; 1175 } 1176 } 1177 #endif 1178 } 1179 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 1180 if (mod_top != 0 && hasAnyFolding(wp)) 1181 { 1182 linenr_T lnumt, lnumb; 1183 1184 /* 1185 * A change in a line can cause lines above it to become folded or 1186 * unfolded. Find the top most buffer line that may be affected. 1187 * If the line was previously folded and displayed, get the first 1188 * line of that fold. If the line is folded now, get the first 1189 * folded line. Use the minimum of these two. 1190 */ 1191 1192 /* Find last valid w_lines[] entry above mod_top. Set lnumt to 1193 * the line below it. If there is no valid entry, use w_topline. 1194 * Find the first valid w_lines[] entry below mod_bot. Set lnumb 1195 * to this line. If there is no valid entry, use MAXLNUM. */ 1196 lnumt = wp->w_topline; 1197 lnumb = MAXLNUM; 1198 for (i = 0; i < wp->w_lines_valid; ++i) 1199 if (wp->w_lines[i].wl_valid) 1200 { 1201 if (wp->w_lines[i].wl_lastlnum < mod_top) 1202 lnumt = wp->w_lines[i].wl_lastlnum + 1; 1203 if (lnumb == MAXLNUM && wp->w_lines[i].wl_lnum >= mod_bot) 1204 { 1205 lnumb = wp->w_lines[i].wl_lnum; 1206 /* When there is a fold column it might need updating 1207 * in the next line ("J" just above an open fold). */ 1208 if (compute_foldcolumn(wp, 0) > 0) 1209 ++lnumb; 1210 } 1211 } 1212 1213 (void)hasFoldingWin(wp, mod_top, &mod_top, NULL, TRUE, NULL); 1214 if (mod_top > lnumt) 1215 mod_top = lnumt; 1216 1217 /* Now do the same for the bottom line (one above mod_bot). */ 1218 --mod_bot; 1219 (void)hasFoldingWin(wp, mod_bot, NULL, &mod_bot, TRUE, NULL); 1220 ++mod_bot; 1221 if (mod_bot < lnumb) 1222 mod_bot = lnumb; 1223 } 1224 #endif 1225 1226 /* When a change starts above w_topline and the end is below 1227 * w_topline, start redrawing at w_topline. 1228 * If the end of the change is above w_topline: do like no change was 1229 * made, but redraw the first line to find changes in syntax. */ 1230 if (mod_top != 0 && mod_top < wp->w_topline) 1231 { 1232 if (mod_bot > wp->w_topline) 1233 mod_top = wp->w_topline; 1234 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 1235 else if (syntax_present(wp)) 1236 top_end = 1; 1237 #endif 1238 } 1239 1240 /* When line numbers are displayed need to redraw all lines below 1241 * inserted/deleted lines. */ 1242 if (mod_top != 0 && buf->b_mod_xlines != 0 && wp->w_p_nu) 1243 mod_bot = MAXLNUM; 1244 } 1245 1246 /* 1247 * When only displaying the lines at the top, set top_end. Used when 1248 * window has scrolled down for msg_scrolled. 1249 */ 1250 if (type == REDRAW_TOP) 1251 { 1252 j = 0; 1253 for (i = 0; i < wp->w_lines_valid; ++i) 1254 { 1255 j += wp->w_lines[i].wl_size; 1256 if (j >= wp->w_upd_rows) 1257 { 1258 top_end = j; 1259 break; 1260 } 1261 } 1262 if (top_end == 0) 1263 /* not found (cannot happen?): redraw everything */ 1264 type = NOT_VALID; 1265 else 1266 /* top area defined, the rest is VALID */ 1267 type = VALID; 1268 } 1269 1270 /* Trick: we want to avoid clearing the screen twice. screenclear() will 1271 * set "screen_cleared" to TRUE. The special value MAYBE (which is still 1272 * non-zero and thus not FALSE) will indicate that screenclear() was not 1273 * called. */ 1274 if (screen_cleared) 1275 screen_cleared = MAYBE; 1276 1277 /* 1278 * If there are no changes on the screen that require a complete redraw, 1279 * handle three cases: 1280 * 1: we are off the top of the screen by a few lines: scroll down 1281 * 2: wp->w_topline is below wp->w_lines[0].wl_lnum: may scroll up 1282 * 3: wp->w_topline is wp->w_lines[0].wl_lnum: find first entry in 1283 * w_lines[] that needs updating. 1284 */ 1285 if ((type == VALID || type == SOME_VALID 1286 || type == INVERTED || type == INVERTED_ALL) 1287 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 1288 && !wp->w_botfill && !wp->w_old_botfill 1289 #endif 1290 ) 1291 { 1292 if (mod_top != 0 && wp->w_topline == mod_top) 1293 { 1294 /* 1295 * w_topline is the first changed line, the scrolling will be done 1296 * further down. 1297 */ 1298 } 1299 else if (wp->w_lines[0].wl_valid 1300 && (wp->w_topline < wp->w_lines[0].wl_lnum 1301 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 1302 || (wp->w_topline == wp->w_lines[0].wl_lnum 1303 && wp->w_topfill > wp->w_old_topfill) 1304 #endif 1305 )) 1306 { 1307 /* 1308 * New topline is above old topline: May scroll down. 1309 */ 1310 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 1311 if (hasAnyFolding(wp)) 1312 { 1313 linenr_T ln; 1314 1315 /* count the number of lines we are off, counting a sequence 1316 * of folded lines as one */ 1317 j = 0; 1318 for (ln = wp->w_topline; ln < wp->w_lines[0].wl_lnum; ++ln) 1319 { 1320 ++j; 1321 if (j >= wp->w_height - 2) 1322 break; 1323 (void)hasFoldingWin(wp, ln, NULL, &ln, TRUE, NULL); 1324 } 1325 } 1326 else 1327 #endif 1328 j = wp->w_lines[0].wl_lnum - wp->w_topline; 1329 if (j < wp->w_height - 2) /* not too far off */ 1330 { 1331 i = plines_m_win(wp, wp->w_topline, wp->w_lines[0].wl_lnum - 1); 1332 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 1333 /* insert extra lines for previously invisible filler lines */ 1334 if (wp->w_lines[0].wl_lnum != wp->w_topline) 1335 i += diff_check_fill(wp, wp->w_lines[0].wl_lnum) 1336 - wp->w_old_topfill; 1337 #endif 1338 if (i < wp->w_height - 2) /* less than a screen off */ 1339 { 1340 /* 1341 * Try to insert the correct number of lines. 1342 * If not the last window, delete the lines at the bottom. 1343 * win_ins_lines may fail when the terminal can't do it. 1344 */ 1345 if (i > 0) 1346 check_for_delay(FALSE); 1347 if (win_ins_lines(wp, 0, i, FALSE, wp == firstwin) == OK) 1348 { 1349 if (wp->w_lines_valid != 0) 1350 { 1351 /* Need to update rows that are new, stop at the 1352 * first one that scrolled down. */ 1353 top_end = i; 1354 scrolled_down = TRUE; 1355 1356 /* Move the entries that were scrolled, disable 1357 * the entries for the lines to be redrawn. */ 1358 if ((wp->w_lines_valid += j) > wp->w_height) 1359 wp->w_lines_valid = wp->w_height; 1360 for (idx = wp->w_lines_valid; idx - j >= 0; idx--) 1361 wp->w_lines[idx] = wp->w_lines[idx - j]; 1362 while (idx >= 0) 1363 wp->w_lines[idx--].wl_valid = FALSE; 1364 } 1365 } 1366 else 1367 mid_start = 0; /* redraw all lines */ 1368 } 1369 else 1370 mid_start = 0; /* redraw all lines */ 1371 } 1372 else 1373 mid_start = 0; /* redraw all lines */ 1374 } 1375 else 1376 { 1377 /* 1378 * New topline is at or below old topline: May scroll up. 1379 * When topline didn't change, find first entry in w_lines[] that 1380 * needs updating. 1381 */ 1382 1383 /* try to find wp->w_topline in wp->w_lines[].wl_lnum */ 1384 j = -1; 1385 row = 0; 1386 for (i = 0; i < wp->w_lines_valid; i++) 1387 { 1388 if (wp->w_lines[i].wl_valid 1389 && wp->w_lines[i].wl_lnum == wp->w_topline) 1390 { 1391 j = i; 1392 break; 1393 } 1394 row += wp->w_lines[i].wl_size; 1395 } 1396 if (j == -1) 1397 { 1398 /* if wp->w_topline is not in wp->w_lines[].wl_lnum redraw all 1399 * lines */ 1400 mid_start = 0; 1401 } 1402 else 1403 { 1404 /* 1405 * Try to delete the correct number of lines. 1406 * wp->w_topline is at wp->w_lines[i].wl_lnum. 1407 */ 1408 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 1409 /* If the topline didn't change, delete old filler lines, 1410 * otherwise delete filler lines of the new topline... */ 1411 if (wp->w_lines[0].wl_lnum == wp->w_topline) 1412 row += wp->w_old_topfill; 1413 else 1414 row += diff_check_fill(wp, wp->w_topline); 1415 /* ... but don't delete new filler lines. */ 1416 row -= wp->w_topfill; 1417 #endif 1418 if (row > 0) 1419 { 1420 check_for_delay(FALSE); 1421 if (win_del_lines(wp, 0, row, FALSE, wp == firstwin) == OK) 1422 bot_start = wp->w_height - row; 1423 else 1424 mid_start = 0; /* redraw all lines */ 1425 } 1426 if ((row == 0 || bot_start < 999) && wp->w_lines_valid != 0) 1427 { 1428 /* 1429 * Skip the lines (below the deleted lines) that are still 1430 * valid and don't need redrawing. Copy their info 1431 * upwards, to compensate for the deleted lines. Set 1432 * bot_start to the first row that needs redrawing. 1433 */ 1434 bot_start = 0; 1435 idx = 0; 1436 for (;;) 1437 { 1438 wp->w_lines[idx] = wp->w_lines[j]; 1439 /* stop at line that didn't fit, unless it is still 1440 * valid (no lines deleted) */ 1441 if (row > 0 && bot_start + row 1442 + (int)wp->w_lines[j].wl_size > wp->w_height) 1443 { 1444 wp->w_lines_valid = idx + 1; 1445 break; 1446 } 1447 bot_start += wp->w_lines[idx++].wl_size; 1448 1449 /* stop at the last valid entry in w_lines[].wl_size */ 1450 if (++j >= wp->w_lines_valid) 1451 { 1452 wp->w_lines_valid = idx; 1453 break; 1454 } 1455 } 1456 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 1457 /* Correct the first entry for filler lines at the top 1458 * when it won't get updated below. */ 1459 if (wp->w_p_diff && bot_start > 0) 1460 wp->w_lines[0].wl_size = 1461 plines_win_nofill(wp, wp->w_topline, TRUE) 1462 + wp->w_topfill; 1463 #endif 1464 } 1465 } 1466 } 1467 1468 /* When starting redraw in the first line, redraw all lines. When 1469 * there is only one window it's probably faster to clear the screen 1470 * first. */ 1471 if (mid_start == 0) 1472 { 1473 mid_end = wp->w_height; 1474 if (lastwin == firstwin) 1475 { 1476 /* Clear the screen when it was not done by win_del_lines() or 1477 * win_ins_lines() above, "screen_cleared" is FALSE or MAYBE 1478 * then. */ 1479 if (screen_cleared != TRUE) 1480 screenclear(); 1481 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 1482 /* The screen was cleared, redraw the tab pages line. */ 1483 if (redraw_tabline) 1484 draw_tabline(); 1485 #endif 1486 } 1487 } 1488 1489 /* When win_del_lines() or win_ins_lines() caused the screen to be 1490 * cleared (only happens for the first window) or when screenclear() 1491 * was called directly above, "must_redraw" will have been set to 1492 * NOT_VALID, need to reset it here to avoid redrawing twice. */ 1493 if (screen_cleared == TRUE) 1494 must_redraw = 0; 1495 } 1496 else 1497 { 1498 /* Not VALID or INVERTED: redraw all lines. */ 1499 mid_start = 0; 1500 mid_end = wp->w_height; 1501 } 1502 1503 if (type == SOME_VALID) 1504 { 1505 /* SOME_VALID: redraw all lines. */ 1506 mid_start = 0; 1507 mid_end = wp->w_height; 1508 type = NOT_VALID; 1509 } 1510 1511 /* check if we are updating or removing the inverted part */ 1512 if ((VIsual_active && buf == curwin->w_buffer) 1513 || (wp->w_old_cursor_lnum != 0 && type != NOT_VALID)) 1514 { 1515 linenr_T from, to; 1516 1517 if (VIsual_active) 1518 { 1519 if (VIsual_active 1520 && (VIsual_mode != wp->w_old_visual_mode 1521 || type == INVERTED_ALL)) 1522 { 1523 /* 1524 * If the type of Visual selection changed, redraw the whole 1525 * selection. Also when the ownership of the X selection is 1526 * gained or lost. 1527 */ 1528 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum < VIsual.lnum) 1529 { 1530 from = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; 1531 to = VIsual.lnum; 1532 } 1533 else 1534 { 1535 from = VIsual.lnum; 1536 to = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; 1537 } 1538 /* redraw more when the cursor moved as well */ 1539 if (wp->w_old_cursor_lnum < from) 1540 from = wp->w_old_cursor_lnum; 1541 if (wp->w_old_cursor_lnum > to) 1542 to = wp->w_old_cursor_lnum; 1543 if (wp->w_old_visual_lnum < from) 1544 from = wp->w_old_visual_lnum; 1545 if (wp->w_old_visual_lnum > to) 1546 to = wp->w_old_visual_lnum; 1547 } 1548 else 1549 { 1550 /* 1551 * Find the line numbers that need to be updated: The lines 1552 * between the old cursor position and the current cursor 1553 * position. Also check if the Visual position changed. 1554 */ 1555 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum < wp->w_old_cursor_lnum) 1556 { 1557 from = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; 1558 to = wp->w_old_cursor_lnum; 1559 } 1560 else 1561 { 1562 from = wp->w_old_cursor_lnum; 1563 to = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; 1564 if (from == 0) /* Visual mode just started */ 1565 from = to; 1566 } 1567 1568 if (VIsual.lnum != wp->w_old_visual_lnum 1569 || VIsual.col != wp->w_old_visual_col) 1570 { 1571 if (wp->w_old_visual_lnum < from 1572 && wp->w_old_visual_lnum != 0) 1573 from = wp->w_old_visual_lnum; 1574 if (wp->w_old_visual_lnum > to) 1575 to = wp->w_old_visual_lnum; 1576 if (VIsual.lnum < from) 1577 from = VIsual.lnum; 1578 if (VIsual.lnum > to) 1579 to = VIsual.lnum; 1580 } 1581 } 1582 1583 /* 1584 * If in block mode and changed column or curwin->w_curswant: 1585 * update all lines. 1586 * First compute the actual start and end column. 1587 */ 1588 if (VIsual_mode == Ctrl_V) 1589 { 1590 colnr_T fromc, toc; 1591 #if defined(FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT) && defined(FEAT_LINEBREAK) 1592 int save_ve_flags = ve_flags; 1593 1594 if (curwin->w_p_lbr) 1595 ve_flags = VE_ALL; 1596 #endif 1597 getvcols(wp, &VIsual, &curwin->w_cursor, &fromc, &toc); 1598 #if defined(FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT) && defined(FEAT_LINEBREAK) 1599 ve_flags = save_ve_flags; 1600 #endif 1601 ++toc; 1602 if (curwin->w_curswant == MAXCOL) 1603 toc = MAXCOL; 1604 1605 if (fromc != wp->w_old_cursor_fcol 1606 || toc != wp->w_old_cursor_lcol) 1607 { 1608 if (from > VIsual.lnum) 1609 from = VIsual.lnum; 1610 if (to < VIsual.lnum) 1611 to = VIsual.lnum; 1612 } 1613 wp->w_old_cursor_fcol = fromc; 1614 wp->w_old_cursor_lcol = toc; 1615 } 1616 } 1617 else 1618 { 1619 /* Use the line numbers of the old Visual area. */ 1620 if (wp->w_old_cursor_lnum < wp->w_old_visual_lnum) 1621 { 1622 from = wp->w_old_cursor_lnum; 1623 to = wp->w_old_visual_lnum; 1624 } 1625 else 1626 { 1627 from = wp->w_old_visual_lnum; 1628 to = wp->w_old_cursor_lnum; 1629 } 1630 } 1631 1632 /* 1633 * There is no need to update lines above the top of the window. 1634 */ 1635 if (from < wp->w_topline) 1636 from = wp->w_topline; 1637 1638 /* 1639 * If we know the value of w_botline, use it to restrict the update to 1640 * the lines that are visible in the window. 1641 */ 1642 if (wp->w_valid & VALID_BOTLINE) 1643 { 1644 if (from >= wp->w_botline) 1645 from = wp->w_botline - 1; 1646 if (to >= wp->w_botline) 1647 to = wp->w_botline - 1; 1648 } 1649 1650 /* 1651 * Find the minimal part to be updated. 1652 * Watch out for scrolling that made entries in w_lines[] invalid. 1653 * E.g., CTRL-U makes the first half of w_lines[] invalid and sets 1654 * top_end; need to redraw from top_end to the "to" line. 1655 * A middle mouse click with a Visual selection may change the text 1656 * above the Visual area and reset wl_valid, do count these for 1657 * mid_end (in srow). 1658 */ 1659 if (mid_start > 0) 1660 { 1661 lnum = wp->w_topline; 1662 idx = 0; 1663 srow = 0; 1664 if (scrolled_down) 1665 mid_start = top_end; 1666 else 1667 mid_start = 0; 1668 while (lnum < from && idx < wp->w_lines_valid) /* find start */ 1669 { 1670 if (wp->w_lines[idx].wl_valid) 1671 mid_start += wp->w_lines[idx].wl_size; 1672 else if (!scrolled_down) 1673 srow += wp->w_lines[idx].wl_size; 1674 ++idx; 1675 # ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 1676 if (idx < wp->w_lines_valid && wp->w_lines[idx].wl_valid) 1677 lnum = wp->w_lines[idx].wl_lnum; 1678 else 1679 # endif 1680 ++lnum; 1681 } 1682 srow += mid_start; 1683 mid_end = wp->w_height; 1684 for ( ; idx < wp->w_lines_valid; ++idx) /* find end */ 1685 { 1686 if (wp->w_lines[idx].wl_valid 1687 && wp->w_lines[idx].wl_lnum >= to + 1) 1688 { 1689 /* Only update until first row of this line */ 1690 mid_end = srow; 1691 break; 1692 } 1693 srow += wp->w_lines[idx].wl_size; 1694 } 1695 } 1696 } 1697 1698 if (VIsual_active && buf == curwin->w_buffer) 1699 { 1700 wp->w_old_visual_mode = VIsual_mode; 1701 wp->w_old_cursor_lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; 1702 wp->w_old_visual_lnum = VIsual.lnum; 1703 wp->w_old_visual_col = VIsual.col; 1704 wp->w_old_curswant = curwin->w_curswant; 1705 } 1706 else 1707 { 1708 wp->w_old_visual_mode = 0; 1709 wp->w_old_cursor_lnum = 0; 1710 wp->w_old_visual_lnum = 0; 1711 wp->w_old_visual_col = 0; 1712 } 1713 1714 #if defined(FEAT_SYN_HL) || defined(FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA) 1715 /* reset got_int, otherwise regexp won't work */ 1716 save_got_int = got_int; 1717 got_int = 0; 1718 #endif 1719 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 1720 win_foldinfo.fi_level = 0; 1721 #endif 1722 1723 /* 1724 * Update all the window rows. 1725 */ 1726 idx = 0; /* first entry in w_lines[].wl_size */ 1727 row = 0; 1728 srow = 0; 1729 lnum = wp->w_topline; /* first line shown in window */ 1730 for (;;) 1731 { 1732 /* stop updating when reached the end of the window (check for _past_ 1733 * the end of the window is at the end of the loop) */ 1734 if (row == wp->w_height) 1735 { 1736 didline = TRUE; 1737 break; 1738 } 1739 1740 /* stop updating when hit the end of the file */ 1741 if (lnum > buf->b_ml.ml_line_count) 1742 { 1743 eof = TRUE; 1744 break; 1745 } 1746 1747 /* Remember the starting row of the line that is going to be dealt 1748 * with. It is used further down when the line doesn't fit. */ 1749 srow = row; 1750 1751 /* 1752 * Update a line when it is in an area that needs updating, when it 1753 * has changes or w_lines[idx] is invalid. 1754 * bot_start may be halfway a wrapped line after using 1755 * win_del_lines(), check if the current line includes it. 1756 * When syntax folding is being used, the saved syntax states will 1757 * already have been updated, we can't see where the syntax state is 1758 * the same again, just update until the end of the window. 1759 */ 1760 if (row < top_end 1761 || (row >= mid_start && row < mid_end) 1762 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA 1763 || top_to_mod 1764 #endif 1765 || idx >= wp->w_lines_valid 1766 || (row + wp->w_lines[idx].wl_size > bot_start) 1767 || (mod_top != 0 1768 && (lnum == mod_top 1769 || (lnum >= mod_top 1770 && (lnum < mod_bot 1771 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 1772 || did_update == DID_FOLD 1773 || (did_update == DID_LINE 1774 && syntax_present(wp) 1775 && ( 1776 # ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 1777 (foldmethodIsSyntax(wp) 1778 && hasAnyFolding(wp)) || 1779 # endif 1780 syntax_check_changed(lnum))) 1781 #endif 1782 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA 1783 /* match in fixed position might need redraw 1784 * if lines were inserted or deleted */ 1785 || (wp->w_match_head != NULL 1786 && buf->b_mod_xlines != 0) 1787 #endif 1788 ))))) 1789 { 1790 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA 1791 if (lnum == mod_top) 1792 top_to_mod = FALSE; 1793 #endif 1794 1795 /* 1796 * When at start of changed lines: May scroll following lines 1797 * up or down to minimize redrawing. 1798 * Don't do this when the change continues until the end. 1799 * Don't scroll when dollar_vcol >= 0, keep the "$". 1800 */ 1801 if (lnum == mod_top 1802 && mod_bot != MAXLNUM 1803 && !(dollar_vcol >= 0 && mod_bot == mod_top + 1)) 1804 { 1805 int old_rows = 0; 1806 int new_rows = 0; 1807 int xtra_rows; 1808 linenr_T l; 1809 1810 /* Count the old number of window rows, using w_lines[], which 1811 * should still contain the sizes for the lines as they are 1812 * currently displayed. */ 1813 for (i = idx; i < wp->w_lines_valid; ++i) 1814 { 1815 /* Only valid lines have a meaningful wl_lnum. Invalid 1816 * lines are part of the changed area. */ 1817 if (wp->w_lines[i].wl_valid 1818 && wp->w_lines[i].wl_lnum == mod_bot) 1819 break; 1820 old_rows += wp->w_lines[i].wl_size; 1821 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 1822 if (wp->w_lines[i].wl_valid 1823 && wp->w_lines[i].wl_lastlnum + 1 == mod_bot) 1824 { 1825 /* Must have found the last valid entry above mod_bot. 1826 * Add following invalid entries. */ 1827 ++i; 1828 while (i < wp->w_lines_valid 1829 && !wp->w_lines[i].wl_valid) 1830 old_rows += wp->w_lines[i++].wl_size; 1831 break; 1832 } 1833 #endif 1834 } 1835 1836 if (i >= wp->w_lines_valid) 1837 { 1838 /* We can't find a valid line below the changed lines, 1839 * need to redraw until the end of the window. 1840 * Inserting/deleting lines has no use. */ 1841 bot_start = 0; 1842 } 1843 else 1844 { 1845 /* Able to count old number of rows: Count new window 1846 * rows, and may insert/delete lines */ 1847 j = idx; 1848 for (l = lnum; l < mod_bot; ++l) 1849 { 1850 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 1851 if (hasFoldingWin(wp, l, NULL, &l, TRUE, NULL)) 1852 ++new_rows; 1853 else 1854 #endif 1855 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 1856 if (l == wp->w_topline) 1857 new_rows += plines_win_nofill(wp, l, TRUE) 1858 + wp->w_topfill; 1859 else 1860 #endif 1861 new_rows += plines_win(wp, l, TRUE); 1862 ++j; 1863 if (new_rows > wp->w_height - row - 2) 1864 { 1865 /* it's getting too much, must redraw the rest */ 1866 new_rows = 9999; 1867 break; 1868 } 1869 } 1870 xtra_rows = new_rows - old_rows; 1871 if (xtra_rows < 0) 1872 { 1873 /* May scroll text up. If there is not enough 1874 * remaining text or scrolling fails, must redraw the 1875 * rest. If scrolling works, must redraw the text 1876 * below the scrolled text. */ 1877 if (row - xtra_rows >= wp->w_height - 2) 1878 mod_bot = MAXLNUM; 1879 else 1880 { 1881 check_for_delay(FALSE); 1882 if (win_del_lines(wp, row, 1883 -xtra_rows, FALSE, FALSE) == FAIL) 1884 mod_bot = MAXLNUM; 1885 else 1886 bot_start = wp->w_height + xtra_rows; 1887 } 1888 } 1889 else if (xtra_rows > 0) 1890 { 1891 /* May scroll text down. If there is not enough 1892 * remaining text of scrolling fails, must redraw the 1893 * rest. */ 1894 if (row + xtra_rows >= wp->w_height - 2) 1895 mod_bot = MAXLNUM; 1896 else 1897 { 1898 check_for_delay(FALSE); 1899 if (win_ins_lines(wp, row + old_rows, 1900 xtra_rows, FALSE, FALSE) == FAIL) 1901 mod_bot = MAXLNUM; 1902 else if (top_end > row + old_rows) 1903 /* Scrolled the part at the top that requires 1904 * updating down. */ 1905 top_end += xtra_rows; 1906 } 1907 } 1908 1909 /* When not updating the rest, may need to move w_lines[] 1910 * entries. */ 1911 if (mod_bot != MAXLNUM && i != j) 1912 { 1913 if (j < i) 1914 { 1915 int x = row + new_rows; 1916 1917 /* move entries in w_lines[] upwards */ 1918 for (;;) 1919 { 1920 /* stop at last valid entry in w_lines[] */ 1921 if (i >= wp->w_lines_valid) 1922 { 1923 wp->w_lines_valid = j; 1924 break; 1925 } 1926 wp->w_lines[j] = wp->w_lines[i]; 1927 /* stop at a line that won't fit */ 1928 if (x + (int)wp->w_lines[j].wl_size 1929 > wp->w_height) 1930 { 1931 wp->w_lines_valid = j + 1; 1932 break; 1933 } 1934 x += wp->w_lines[j++].wl_size; 1935 ++i; 1936 } 1937 if (bot_start > x) 1938 bot_start = x; 1939 } 1940 else /* j > i */ 1941 { 1942 /* move entries in w_lines[] downwards */ 1943 j -= i; 1944 wp->w_lines_valid += j; 1945 if (wp->w_lines_valid > wp->w_height) 1946 wp->w_lines_valid = wp->w_height; 1947 for (i = wp->w_lines_valid; i - j >= idx; --i) 1948 wp->w_lines[i] = wp->w_lines[i - j]; 1949 1950 /* The w_lines[] entries for inserted lines are 1951 * now invalid, but wl_size may be used above. 1952 * Reset to zero. */ 1953 while (i >= idx) 1954 { 1955 wp->w_lines[i].wl_size = 0; 1956 wp->w_lines[i--].wl_valid = FALSE; 1957 } 1958 } 1959 } 1960 } 1961 } 1962 1963 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 1964 /* 1965 * When lines are folded, display one line for all of them. 1966 * Otherwise, display normally (can be several display lines when 1967 * 'wrap' is on). 1968 */ 1969 fold_count = foldedCount(wp, lnum, &win_foldinfo); 1970 if (fold_count != 0) 1971 { 1972 fold_line(wp, fold_count, &win_foldinfo, lnum, row); 1973 ++row; 1974 --fold_count; 1975 wp->w_lines[idx].wl_folded = TRUE; 1976 wp->w_lines[idx].wl_lastlnum = lnum + fold_count; 1977 # ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 1978 did_update = DID_FOLD; 1979 # endif 1980 } 1981 else 1982 #endif 1983 if (idx < wp->w_lines_valid 1984 && wp->w_lines[idx].wl_valid 1985 && wp->w_lines[idx].wl_lnum == lnum 1986 && lnum > wp->w_topline 1987 && !(dy_flags & DY_LASTLINE) 1988 && srow + wp->w_lines[idx].wl_size > wp->w_height 1989 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 1990 && diff_check_fill(wp, lnum) == 0 1991 #endif 1992 ) 1993 { 1994 /* This line is not going to fit. Don't draw anything here, 1995 * will draw "@ " lines below. */ 1996 row = wp->w_height + 1; 1997 } 1998 else 1999 { 2000 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA 2001 prepare_search_hl(wp, lnum); 2002 #endif 2003 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 2004 /* Let the syntax stuff know we skipped a few lines. */ 2005 if (syntax_last_parsed != 0 && syntax_last_parsed + 1 < lnum 2006 && syntax_present(wp)) 2007 syntax_end_parsing(syntax_last_parsed + 1); 2008 #endif 2009 2010 /* 2011 * Display one line. 2012 */ 2013 row = win_line(wp, lnum, srow, wp->w_height, mod_top == 0); 2014 2015 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 2016 wp->w_lines[idx].wl_folded = FALSE; 2017 wp->w_lines[idx].wl_lastlnum = lnum; 2018 #endif 2019 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 2020 did_update = DID_LINE; 2021 syntax_last_parsed = lnum; 2022 #endif 2023 } 2024 2025 wp->w_lines[idx].wl_lnum = lnum; 2026 wp->w_lines[idx].wl_valid = TRUE; 2027 if (row > wp->w_height) /* past end of screen */ 2028 { 2029 /* we may need the size of that too long line later on */ 2030 if (dollar_vcol == -1) 2031 wp->w_lines[idx].wl_size = plines_win(wp, lnum, TRUE); 2032 ++idx; 2033 break; 2034 } 2035 if (dollar_vcol == -1) 2036 wp->w_lines[idx].wl_size = row - srow; 2037 ++idx; 2038 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 2039 lnum += fold_count + 1; 2040 #else 2041 ++lnum; 2042 #endif 2043 } 2044 else 2045 { 2046 /* This line does not need updating, advance to the next one */ 2047 row += wp->w_lines[idx++].wl_size; 2048 if (row > wp->w_height) /* past end of screen */ 2049 break; 2050 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 2051 lnum = wp->w_lines[idx - 1].wl_lastlnum + 1; 2052 #else 2053 ++lnum; 2054 #endif 2055 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 2056 did_update = DID_NONE; 2057 #endif 2058 } 2059 2060 if (lnum > buf->b_ml.ml_line_count) 2061 { 2062 eof = TRUE; 2063 break; 2064 } 2065 } 2066 /* 2067 * End of loop over all window lines. 2068 */ 2069 2070 2071 if (idx > wp->w_lines_valid) 2072 wp->w_lines_valid = idx; 2073 2074 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 2075 /* 2076 * Let the syntax stuff know we stop parsing here. 2077 */ 2078 if (syntax_last_parsed != 0 && syntax_present(wp)) 2079 syntax_end_parsing(syntax_last_parsed + 1); 2080 #endif 2081 2082 /* 2083 * If we didn't hit the end of the file, and we didn't finish the last 2084 * line we were working on, then the line didn't fit. 2085 */ 2086 wp->w_empty_rows = 0; 2087 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 2088 wp->w_filler_rows = 0; 2089 #endif 2090 if (!eof && !didline) 2091 { 2092 if (lnum == wp->w_topline) 2093 { 2094 /* 2095 * Single line that does not fit! 2096 * Don't overwrite it, it can be edited. 2097 */ 2098 wp->w_botline = lnum + 1; 2099 } 2100 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 2101 else if (diff_check_fill(wp, lnum) >= wp->w_height - srow) 2102 { 2103 /* Window ends in filler lines. */ 2104 wp->w_botline = lnum; 2105 wp->w_filler_rows = wp->w_height - srow; 2106 } 2107 #endif 2108 else if (dy_flags & DY_LASTLINE) /* 'display' has "lastline" */ 2109 { 2110 /* 2111 * Last line isn't finished: Display "@@@" at the end. 2112 */ 2113 screen_fill(W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height - 1, 2114 W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height, 2115 (int)W_ENDCOL(wp) - 3, (int)W_ENDCOL(wp), 2116 '@', '@', hl_attr(HLF_AT)); 2117 set_empty_rows(wp, srow); 2118 wp->w_botline = lnum; 2119 } 2120 else 2121 { 2122 win_draw_end(wp, '@', ' ', srow, wp->w_height, HLF_AT); 2123 wp->w_botline = lnum; 2124 } 2125 } 2126 else 2127 { 2128 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT 2129 draw_vsep_win(wp, row); 2130 #endif 2131 if (eof) /* we hit the end of the file */ 2132 { 2133 wp->w_botline = buf->b_ml.ml_line_count + 1; 2134 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 2135 j = diff_check_fill(wp, wp->w_botline); 2136 if (j > 0 && !wp->w_botfill) 2137 { 2138 /* 2139 * Display filler lines at the end of the file 2140 */ 2141 if (char2cells(fill_diff) > 1) 2142 i = '-'; 2143 else 2144 i = fill_diff; 2145 if (row + j > wp->w_height) 2146 j = wp->w_height - row; 2147 win_draw_end(wp, i, i, row, row + (int)j, HLF_DED); 2148 row += j; 2149 } 2150 #endif 2151 } 2152 else if (dollar_vcol == -1) 2153 wp->w_botline = lnum; 2154 2155 /* make sure the rest of the screen is blank */ 2156 /* put '~'s on rows that aren't part of the file. */ 2157 win_draw_end(wp, '~', ' ', row, wp->w_height, HLF_AT); 2158 } 2159 2160 /* Reset the type of redrawing required, the window has been updated. */ 2161 wp->w_redr_type = 0; 2162 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 2163 wp->w_old_topfill = wp->w_topfill; 2164 wp->w_old_botfill = wp->w_botfill; 2165 #endif 2166 2167 if (dollar_vcol == -1) 2168 { 2169 /* 2170 * There is a trick with w_botline. If we invalidate it on each 2171 * change that might modify it, this will cause a lot of expensive 2172 * calls to plines() in update_topline() each time. Therefore the 2173 * value of w_botline is often approximated, and this value is used to 2174 * compute the value of w_topline. If the value of w_botline was 2175 * wrong, check that the value of w_topline is correct (cursor is on 2176 * the visible part of the text). If it's not, we need to redraw 2177 * again. Mostly this just means scrolling up a few lines, so it 2178 * doesn't look too bad. Only do this for the current window (where 2179 * changes are relevant). 2180 */ 2181 wp->w_valid |= VALID_BOTLINE; 2182 if (wp == curwin && wp->w_botline != old_botline && !recursive) 2183 { 2184 recursive = TRUE; 2185 curwin->w_valid &= ~VALID_TOPLINE; 2186 update_topline(); /* may invalidate w_botline again */ 2187 if (must_redraw != 0) 2188 { 2189 /* Don't update for changes in buffer again. */ 2190 i = curbuf->b_mod_set; 2191 curbuf->b_mod_set = FALSE; 2192 win_update(curwin); 2193 must_redraw = 0; 2194 curbuf->b_mod_set = i; 2195 } 2196 recursive = FALSE; 2197 } 2198 } 2199 2200 #if defined(FEAT_SYN_HL) || defined(FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA) 2201 /* restore got_int, unless CTRL-C was hit while redrawing */ 2202 if (!got_int) 2203 got_int = save_got_int; 2204 #endif 2205 } 2206 2207 #ifdef FEAT_SIGNS 2208 static int draw_signcolumn __ARGS((win_T *wp)); 2209 2210 /* 2211 * Return TRUE when window "wp" has a column to draw signs in. 2212 */ 2213 static int 2214 draw_signcolumn(wp) 2215 win_T *wp; 2216 { 2217 return (wp->w_buffer->b_signlist != NULL 2218 # ifdef FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG 2219 || wp->w_buffer->b_has_sign_column 2220 # endif 2221 ); 2222 } 2223 #endif 2224 2225 /* 2226 * Clear the rest of the window and mark the unused lines with "c1". use "c2" 2227 * as the filler character. 2228 */ 2229 static void 2230 win_draw_end(wp, c1, c2, row, endrow, hl) 2231 win_T *wp; 2232 int c1; 2233 int c2; 2234 int row; 2235 int endrow; 2236 hlf_T hl; 2237 { 2238 #if defined(FEAT_FOLDING) || defined(FEAT_SIGNS) || defined(FEAT_CMDWIN) 2239 int n = 0; 2240 # define FDC_OFF n 2241 #else 2242 # define FDC_OFF 0 2243 #endif 2244 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 2245 int fdc = compute_foldcolumn(wp, 0); 2246 #endif 2247 2248 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 2249 if (wp->w_p_rl) 2250 { 2251 /* No check for cmdline window: should never be right-left. */ 2252 # ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 2253 n = fdc; 2254 2255 if (n > 0) 2256 { 2257 /* draw the fold column at the right */ 2258 if (n > W_WIDTH(wp)) 2259 n = W_WIDTH(wp); 2260 screen_fill(W_WINROW(wp) + row, W_WINROW(wp) + endrow, 2261 W_ENDCOL(wp) - n, (int)W_ENDCOL(wp), 2262 ' ', ' ', hl_attr(HLF_FC)); 2263 } 2264 # endif 2265 # ifdef FEAT_SIGNS 2266 if (draw_signcolumn(wp)) 2267 { 2268 int nn = n + 2; 2269 2270 /* draw the sign column left of the fold column */ 2271 if (nn > W_WIDTH(wp)) 2272 nn = W_WIDTH(wp); 2273 screen_fill(W_WINROW(wp) + row, W_WINROW(wp) + endrow, 2274 W_ENDCOL(wp) - nn, (int)W_ENDCOL(wp) - n, 2275 ' ', ' ', hl_attr(HLF_SC)); 2276 n = nn; 2277 } 2278 # endif 2279 screen_fill(W_WINROW(wp) + row, W_WINROW(wp) + endrow, 2280 W_WINCOL(wp), W_ENDCOL(wp) - 1 - FDC_OFF, 2281 c2, c2, hl_attr(hl)); 2282 screen_fill(W_WINROW(wp) + row, W_WINROW(wp) + endrow, 2283 W_ENDCOL(wp) - 1 - FDC_OFF, W_ENDCOL(wp) - FDC_OFF, 2284 c1, c2, hl_attr(hl)); 2285 } 2286 else 2287 #endif 2288 { 2289 #ifdef FEAT_CMDWIN 2290 if (cmdwin_type != 0 && wp == curwin) 2291 { 2292 /* draw the cmdline character in the leftmost column */ 2293 n = 1; 2294 if (n > wp->w_width) 2295 n = wp->w_width; 2296 screen_fill(W_WINROW(wp) + row, W_WINROW(wp) + endrow, 2297 W_WINCOL(wp), (int)W_WINCOL(wp) + n, 2298 cmdwin_type, ' ', hl_attr(HLF_AT)); 2299 } 2300 #endif 2301 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 2302 if (fdc > 0) 2303 { 2304 int nn = n + fdc; 2305 2306 /* draw the fold column at the left */ 2307 if (nn > W_WIDTH(wp)) 2308 nn = W_WIDTH(wp); 2309 screen_fill(W_WINROW(wp) + row, W_WINROW(wp) + endrow, 2310 W_WINCOL(wp) + n, (int)W_WINCOL(wp) + nn, 2311 ' ', ' ', hl_attr(HLF_FC)); 2312 n = nn; 2313 } 2314 #endif 2315 #ifdef FEAT_SIGNS 2316 if (draw_signcolumn(wp)) 2317 { 2318 int nn = n + 2; 2319 2320 /* draw the sign column after the fold column */ 2321 if (nn > W_WIDTH(wp)) 2322 nn = W_WIDTH(wp); 2323 screen_fill(W_WINROW(wp) + row, W_WINROW(wp) + endrow, 2324 W_WINCOL(wp) + n, (int)W_WINCOL(wp) + nn, 2325 ' ', ' ', hl_attr(HLF_SC)); 2326 n = nn; 2327 } 2328 #endif 2329 screen_fill(W_WINROW(wp) + row, W_WINROW(wp) + endrow, 2330 W_WINCOL(wp) + FDC_OFF, (int)W_ENDCOL(wp), 2331 c1, c2, hl_attr(hl)); 2332 } 2333 set_empty_rows(wp, row); 2334 } 2335 2336 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 2337 static int advance_color_col __ARGS((int vcol, int **color_cols)); 2338 2339 /* 2340 * Advance **color_cols and return TRUE when there are columns to draw. 2341 */ 2342 static int 2343 advance_color_col(vcol, color_cols) 2344 int vcol; 2345 int **color_cols; 2346 { 2347 while (**color_cols >= 0 && vcol > **color_cols) 2348 ++*color_cols; 2349 return (**color_cols >= 0); 2350 } 2351 #endif 2352 2353 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 2354 /* 2355 * Compute the width of the foldcolumn. Based on 'foldcolumn' and how much 2356 * space is available for window "wp", minus "col". 2357 */ 2358 static int 2359 compute_foldcolumn(wp, col) 2360 win_T *wp; 2361 int col; 2362 { 2363 int fdc = wp->w_p_fdc; 2364 int wmw = wp == curwin && p_wmw == 0 ? 1 : p_wmw; 2365 int wwidth = W_WIDTH(wp); 2366 2367 if (fdc > wwidth - (col + wmw)) 2368 fdc = wwidth - (col + wmw); 2369 return fdc; 2370 } 2371 2372 /* 2373 * Display one folded line. 2374 */ 2375 static void 2376 fold_line(wp, fold_count, foldinfo, lnum, row) 2377 win_T *wp; 2378 long fold_count; 2379 foldinfo_T *foldinfo; 2380 linenr_T lnum; 2381 int row; 2382 { 2383 char_u buf[51]; 2384 pos_T *top, *bot; 2385 linenr_T lnume = lnum + fold_count - 1; 2386 int len; 2387 char_u *text; 2388 int fdc; 2389 int col; 2390 int txtcol; 2391 int off = (int)(current_ScreenLine - ScreenLines); 2392 int ri; 2393 2394 /* Build the fold line: 2395 * 1. Add the cmdwin_type for the command-line window 2396 * 2. Add the 'foldcolumn' 2397 * 3. Add the 'number' or 'relativenumber' column 2398 * 4. Compose the text 2399 * 5. Add the text 2400 * 6. set highlighting for the Visual area an other text 2401 */ 2402 col = 0; 2403 2404 /* 2405 * 1. Add the cmdwin_type for the command-line window 2406 * Ignores 'rightleft', this window is never right-left. 2407 */ 2408 #ifdef FEAT_CMDWIN 2409 if (cmdwin_type != 0 && wp == curwin) 2410 { 2411 ScreenLines[off] = cmdwin_type; 2412 ScreenAttrs[off] = hl_attr(HLF_AT); 2413 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 2414 if (enc_utf8) 2415 ScreenLinesUC[off] = 0; 2416 #endif 2417 ++col; 2418 } 2419 #endif 2420 2421 /* 2422 * 2. Add the 'foldcolumn' 2423 * Reduce the width when there is not enough space. 2424 */ 2425 fdc = compute_foldcolumn(wp, col); 2426 if (fdc > 0) 2427 { 2428 fill_foldcolumn(buf, wp, TRUE, lnum); 2429 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 2430 if (wp->w_p_rl) 2431 { 2432 int i; 2433 2434 copy_text_attr(off + W_WIDTH(wp) - fdc - col, buf, fdc, 2435 hl_attr(HLF_FC)); 2436 /* reverse the fold column */ 2437 for (i = 0; i < fdc; ++i) 2438 ScreenLines[off + W_WIDTH(wp) - i - 1 - col] = buf[i]; 2439 } 2440 else 2441 #endif 2442 copy_text_attr(off + col, buf, fdc, hl_attr(HLF_FC)); 2443 col += fdc; 2444 } 2445 2446 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 2447 # define RL_MEMSET(p, v, l) if (wp->w_p_rl) \ 2448 for (ri = 0; ri < l; ++ri) \ 2449 ScreenAttrs[off + (W_WIDTH(wp) - (p) - (l)) + ri] = v; \ 2450 else \ 2451 for (ri = 0; ri < l; ++ri) \ 2452 ScreenAttrs[off + (p) + ri] = v 2453 #else 2454 # define RL_MEMSET(p, v, l) for (ri = 0; ri < l; ++ri) \ 2455 ScreenAttrs[off + (p) + ri] = v 2456 #endif 2457 2458 /* Set all attributes of the 'number' or 'relativenumber' column and the 2459 * text */ 2460 RL_MEMSET(col, hl_attr(HLF_FL), W_WIDTH(wp) - col); 2461 2462 #ifdef FEAT_SIGNS 2463 /* If signs are being displayed, add two spaces. */ 2464 if (draw_signcolumn(wp)) 2465 { 2466 len = W_WIDTH(wp) - col; 2467 if (len > 0) 2468 { 2469 if (len > 2) 2470 len = 2; 2471 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 2472 if (wp->w_p_rl) 2473 /* the line number isn't reversed */ 2474 copy_text_attr(off + W_WIDTH(wp) - len - col, 2475 (char_u *)" ", len, hl_attr(HLF_FL)); 2476 else 2477 # endif 2478 copy_text_attr(off + col, (char_u *)" ", len, hl_attr(HLF_FL)); 2479 col += len; 2480 } 2481 } 2482 #endif 2483 2484 /* 2485 * 3. Add the 'number' or 'relativenumber' column 2486 */ 2487 if (wp->w_p_nu || wp->w_p_rnu) 2488 { 2489 len = W_WIDTH(wp) - col; 2490 if (len > 0) 2491 { 2492 int w = number_width(wp); 2493 long num; 2494 char *fmt = "%*ld "; 2495 2496 if (len > w + 1) 2497 len = w + 1; 2498 2499 if (wp->w_p_nu && !wp->w_p_rnu) 2500 /* 'number' + 'norelativenumber' */ 2501 num = (long)lnum; 2502 else 2503 { 2504 /* 'relativenumber', don't use negative numbers */ 2505 num = labs((long)get_cursor_rel_lnum(wp, lnum)); 2506 if (num == 0 && wp->w_p_nu && wp->w_p_rnu) 2507 { 2508 /* 'number' + 'relativenumber': cursor line shows absolute 2509 * line number */ 2510 num = lnum; 2511 fmt = "%-*ld "; 2512 } 2513 } 2514 2515 sprintf((char *)buf, fmt, w, num); 2516 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 2517 if (wp->w_p_rl) 2518 /* the line number isn't reversed */ 2519 copy_text_attr(off + W_WIDTH(wp) - len - col, buf, len, 2520 hl_attr(HLF_FL)); 2521 else 2522 #endif 2523 copy_text_attr(off + col, buf, len, hl_attr(HLF_FL)); 2524 col += len; 2525 } 2526 } 2527 2528 /* 2529 * 4. Compose the folded-line string with 'foldtext', if set. 2530 */ 2531 text = get_foldtext(wp, lnum, lnume, foldinfo, buf); 2532 2533 txtcol = col; /* remember where text starts */ 2534 2535 /* 2536 * 5. move the text to current_ScreenLine. Fill up with "fill_fold". 2537 * Right-left text is put in columns 0 - number-col, normal text is put 2538 * in columns number-col - window-width. 2539 */ 2540 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 2541 if (has_mbyte) 2542 { 2543 int cells; 2544 int u8c, u8cc[MAX_MCO]; 2545 int i; 2546 int idx; 2547 int c_len; 2548 char_u *p; 2549 # ifdef FEAT_ARABIC 2550 int prev_c = 0; /* previous Arabic character */ 2551 int prev_c1 = 0; /* first composing char for prev_c */ 2552 # endif 2553 2554 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 2555 if (wp->w_p_rl) 2556 idx = off; 2557 else 2558 # endif 2559 idx = off + col; 2560 2561 /* Store multibyte characters in ScreenLines[] et al. correctly. */ 2562 for (p = text; *p != NUL; ) 2563 { 2564 cells = (*mb_ptr2cells)(p); 2565 c_len = (*mb_ptr2len)(p); 2566 if (col + cells > W_WIDTH(wp) 2567 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 2568 - (wp->w_p_rl ? col : 0) 2569 # endif 2570 ) 2571 break; 2572 ScreenLines[idx] = *p; 2573 if (enc_utf8) 2574 { 2575 u8c = utfc_ptr2char(p, u8cc); 2576 if (*p < 0x80 && u8cc[0] == 0) 2577 { 2578 ScreenLinesUC[idx] = 0; 2579 #ifdef FEAT_ARABIC 2580 prev_c = u8c; 2581 #endif 2582 } 2583 else 2584 { 2585 #ifdef FEAT_ARABIC 2586 if (p_arshape && !p_tbidi && ARABIC_CHAR(u8c)) 2587 { 2588 /* Do Arabic shaping. */ 2589 int pc, pc1, nc; 2590 int pcc[MAX_MCO]; 2591 int firstbyte = *p; 2592 2593 /* The idea of what is the previous and next 2594 * character depends on 'rightleft'. */ 2595 if (wp->w_p_rl) 2596 { 2597 pc = prev_c; 2598 pc1 = prev_c1; 2599 nc = utf_ptr2char(p + c_len); 2600 prev_c1 = u8cc[0]; 2601 } 2602 else 2603 { 2604 pc = utfc_ptr2char(p + c_len, pcc); 2605 nc = prev_c; 2606 pc1 = pcc[0]; 2607 } 2608 prev_c = u8c; 2609 2610 u8c = arabic_shape(u8c, &firstbyte, &u8cc[0], 2611 pc, pc1, nc); 2612 ScreenLines[idx] = firstbyte; 2613 } 2614 else 2615 prev_c = u8c; 2616 #endif 2617 /* Non-BMP character: display as ? or fullwidth ?. */ 2618 #ifdef UNICODE16 2619 if (u8c >= 0x10000) 2620 ScreenLinesUC[idx] = (cells == 2) ? 0xff1f : (int)'?'; 2621 else 2622 #endif 2623 ScreenLinesUC[idx] = u8c; 2624 for (i = 0; i < Screen_mco; ++i) 2625 { 2626 ScreenLinesC[i][idx] = u8cc[i]; 2627 if (u8cc[i] == 0) 2628 break; 2629 } 2630 } 2631 if (cells > 1) 2632 ScreenLines[idx + 1] = 0; 2633 } 2634 else if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU && *p == 0x8e) 2635 /* double-byte single width character */ 2636 ScreenLines2[idx] = p[1]; 2637 else if (cells > 1) 2638 /* double-width character */ 2639 ScreenLines[idx + 1] = p[1]; 2640 col += cells; 2641 idx += cells; 2642 p += c_len; 2643 } 2644 } 2645 else 2646 #endif 2647 { 2648 len = (int)STRLEN(text); 2649 if (len > W_WIDTH(wp) - col) 2650 len = W_WIDTH(wp) - col; 2651 if (len > 0) 2652 { 2653 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 2654 if (wp->w_p_rl) 2655 STRNCPY(current_ScreenLine, text, len); 2656 else 2657 #endif 2658 STRNCPY(current_ScreenLine + col, text, len); 2659 col += len; 2660 } 2661 } 2662 2663 /* Fill the rest of the line with the fold filler */ 2664 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 2665 if (wp->w_p_rl) 2666 col -= txtcol; 2667 #endif 2668 while (col < W_WIDTH(wp) 2669 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 2670 - (wp->w_p_rl ? txtcol : 0) 2671 #endif 2672 ) 2673 { 2674 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 2675 if (enc_utf8) 2676 { 2677 if (fill_fold >= 0x80) 2678 { 2679 ScreenLinesUC[off + col] = fill_fold; 2680 ScreenLinesC[0][off + col] = 0; 2681 } 2682 else 2683 ScreenLinesUC[off + col] = 0; 2684 } 2685 #endif 2686 ScreenLines[off + col++] = fill_fold; 2687 } 2688 2689 if (text != buf) 2690 vim_free(text); 2691 2692 /* 2693 * 6. set highlighting for the Visual area an other text. 2694 * If all folded lines are in the Visual area, highlight the line. 2695 */ 2696 if (VIsual_active && wp->w_buffer == curwin->w_buffer) 2697 { 2698 if (ltoreq(curwin->w_cursor, VIsual)) 2699 { 2700 /* Visual is after curwin->w_cursor */ 2701 top = &curwin->w_cursor; 2702 bot = &VIsual; 2703 } 2704 else 2705 { 2706 /* Visual is before curwin->w_cursor */ 2707 top = &VIsual; 2708 bot = &curwin->w_cursor; 2709 } 2710 if (lnum >= top->lnum 2711 && lnume <= bot->lnum 2712 && (VIsual_mode != 'v' 2713 || ((lnum > top->lnum 2714 || (lnum == top->lnum 2715 && top->col == 0)) 2716 && (lnume < bot->lnum 2717 || (lnume == bot->lnum 2718 && (bot->col - (*p_sel == 'e')) 2719 >= (colnr_T)STRLEN(ml_get_buf(wp->w_buffer, lnume, FALSE))))))) 2720 { 2721 if (VIsual_mode == Ctrl_V) 2722 { 2723 /* Visual block mode: highlight the chars part of the block */ 2724 if (wp->w_old_cursor_fcol + txtcol < (colnr_T)W_WIDTH(wp)) 2725 { 2726 if (wp->w_old_cursor_lcol != MAXCOL 2727 && wp->w_old_cursor_lcol + txtcol 2728 < (colnr_T)W_WIDTH(wp)) 2729 len = wp->w_old_cursor_lcol; 2730 else 2731 len = W_WIDTH(wp) - txtcol; 2732 RL_MEMSET(wp->w_old_cursor_fcol + txtcol, hl_attr(HLF_V), 2733 len - (int)wp->w_old_cursor_fcol); 2734 } 2735 } 2736 else 2737 { 2738 /* Set all attributes of the text */ 2739 RL_MEMSET(txtcol, hl_attr(HLF_V), W_WIDTH(wp) - txtcol); 2740 } 2741 } 2742 } 2743 2744 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 2745 /* Show colorcolumn in the fold line, but let cursorcolumn override it. */ 2746 if (wp->w_p_cc_cols) 2747 { 2748 int i = 0; 2749 int j = wp->w_p_cc_cols[i]; 2750 int old_txtcol = txtcol; 2751 2752 while (j > -1) 2753 { 2754 txtcol += j; 2755 if (wp->w_p_wrap) 2756 txtcol -= wp->w_skipcol; 2757 else 2758 txtcol -= wp->w_leftcol; 2759 if (txtcol >= 0 && txtcol < W_WIDTH(wp)) 2760 ScreenAttrs[off + txtcol] = hl_combine_attr( 2761 ScreenAttrs[off + txtcol], hl_attr(HLF_MC)); 2762 txtcol = old_txtcol; 2763 j = wp->w_p_cc_cols[++i]; 2764 } 2765 } 2766 2767 /* Show 'cursorcolumn' in the fold line. */ 2768 if (wp->w_p_cuc) 2769 { 2770 txtcol += wp->w_virtcol; 2771 if (wp->w_p_wrap) 2772 txtcol -= wp->w_skipcol; 2773 else 2774 txtcol -= wp->w_leftcol; 2775 if (txtcol >= 0 && txtcol < W_WIDTH(wp)) 2776 ScreenAttrs[off + txtcol] = hl_combine_attr( 2777 ScreenAttrs[off + txtcol], hl_attr(HLF_CUC)); 2778 } 2779 #endif 2780 2781 SCREEN_LINE(row + W_WINROW(wp), W_WINCOL(wp), (int)W_WIDTH(wp), 2782 (int)W_WIDTH(wp), FALSE); 2783 2784 /* 2785 * Update w_cline_height and w_cline_folded if the cursor line was 2786 * updated (saves a call to plines() later). 2787 */ 2788 if (wp == curwin 2789 && lnum <= curwin->w_cursor.lnum 2790 && lnume >= curwin->w_cursor.lnum) 2791 { 2792 curwin->w_cline_row = row; 2793 curwin->w_cline_height = 1; 2794 curwin->w_cline_folded = TRUE; 2795 curwin->w_valid |= (VALID_CHEIGHT|VALID_CROW); 2796 } 2797 } 2798 2799 /* 2800 * Copy "buf[len]" to ScreenLines["off"] and set attributes to "attr". 2801 */ 2802 static void 2803 copy_text_attr(off, buf, len, attr) 2804 int off; 2805 char_u *buf; 2806 int len; 2807 int attr; 2808 { 2809 int i; 2810 2811 mch_memmove(ScreenLines + off, buf, (size_t)len); 2812 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 2813 if (enc_utf8) 2814 vim_memset(ScreenLinesUC + off, 0, sizeof(u8char_T) * (size_t)len); 2815 # endif 2816 for (i = 0; i < len; ++i) 2817 ScreenAttrs[off + i] = attr; 2818 } 2819 2820 /* 2821 * Fill the foldcolumn at "p" for window "wp". 2822 * Only to be called when 'foldcolumn' > 0. 2823 */ 2824 static void 2825 fill_foldcolumn(p, wp, closed, lnum) 2826 char_u *p; 2827 win_T *wp; 2828 int closed; /* TRUE of FALSE */ 2829 linenr_T lnum; /* current line number */ 2830 { 2831 int i = 0; 2832 int level; 2833 int first_level; 2834 int empty; 2835 int fdc = compute_foldcolumn(wp, 0); 2836 2837 /* Init to all spaces. */ 2838 vim_memset(p, ' ', (size_t)fdc); 2839 2840 level = win_foldinfo.fi_level; 2841 if (level > 0) 2842 { 2843 /* If there is only one column put more info in it. */ 2844 empty = (fdc == 1) ? 0 : 1; 2845 2846 /* If the column is too narrow, we start at the lowest level that 2847 * fits and use numbers to indicated the depth. */ 2848 first_level = level - fdc - closed + 1 + empty; 2849 if (first_level < 1) 2850 first_level = 1; 2851 2852 for (i = 0; i + empty < fdc; ++i) 2853 { 2854 if (win_foldinfo.fi_lnum == lnum 2855 && first_level + i >= win_foldinfo.fi_low_level) 2856 p[i] = '-'; 2857 else if (first_level == 1) 2858 p[i] = '|'; 2859 else if (first_level + i <= 9) 2860 p[i] = '0' + first_level + i; 2861 else 2862 p[i] = '>'; 2863 if (first_level + i == level) 2864 break; 2865 } 2866 } 2867 if (closed) 2868 p[i >= fdc ? i - 1 : i] = '+'; 2869 } 2870 #endif /* FEAT_FOLDING */ 2871 2872 /* 2873 * Display line "lnum" of window 'wp' on the screen. 2874 * Start at row "startrow", stop when "endrow" is reached. 2875 * wp->w_virtcol needs to be valid. 2876 * 2877 * Return the number of last row the line occupies. 2878 */ 2879 static int 2880 win_line(wp, lnum, startrow, endrow, nochange) 2881 win_T *wp; 2882 linenr_T lnum; 2883 int startrow; 2884 int endrow; 2885 int nochange UNUSED; /* not updating for changed text */ 2886 { 2887 int col; /* visual column on screen */ 2888 unsigned off; /* offset in ScreenLines/ScreenAttrs */ 2889 int c = 0; /* init for GCC */ 2890 long vcol = 0; /* virtual column (for tabs) */ 2891 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK 2892 long vcol_sbr = -1; /* virtual column after showbreak */ 2893 #endif 2894 long vcol_prev = -1; /* "vcol" of previous character */ 2895 char_u *line; /* current line */ 2896 char_u *ptr; /* current position in "line" */ 2897 int row; /* row in the window, excl w_winrow */ 2898 int screen_row; /* row on the screen, incl w_winrow */ 2899 2900 char_u extra[18]; /* "%ld" and 'fdc' must fit in here */ 2901 int n_extra = 0; /* number of extra chars */ 2902 char_u *p_extra = NULL; /* string of extra chars, plus NUL */ 2903 char_u *p_extra_free = NULL; /* p_extra needs to be freed */ 2904 int c_extra = NUL; /* extra chars, all the same */ 2905 int extra_attr = 0; /* attributes when n_extra != 0 */ 2906 static char_u *at_end_str = (char_u *)""; /* used for p_extra when 2907 displaying lcs_eol at end-of-line */ 2908 int lcs_eol_one = lcs_eol; /* lcs_eol until it's been used */ 2909 int lcs_prec_todo = lcs_prec; /* lcs_prec until it's been used */ 2910 2911 /* saved "extra" items for when draw_state becomes WL_LINE (again) */ 2912 int saved_n_extra = 0; 2913 char_u *saved_p_extra = NULL; 2914 int saved_c_extra = 0; 2915 int saved_char_attr = 0; 2916 2917 int n_attr = 0; /* chars with special attr */ 2918 int saved_attr2 = 0; /* char_attr saved for n_attr */ 2919 int n_attr3 = 0; /* chars with overruling special attr */ 2920 int saved_attr3 = 0; /* char_attr saved for n_attr3 */ 2921 2922 int n_skip = 0; /* nr of chars to skip for 'nowrap' */ 2923 2924 int fromcol, tocol; /* start/end of inverting */ 2925 int fromcol_prev = -2; /* start of inverting after cursor */ 2926 int noinvcur = FALSE; /* don't invert the cursor */ 2927 pos_T *top, *bot; 2928 int lnum_in_visual_area = FALSE; 2929 pos_T pos; 2930 long v; 2931 2932 int char_attr = 0; /* attributes for next character */ 2933 int attr_pri = FALSE; /* char_attr has priority */ 2934 int area_highlighting = FALSE; /* Visual or incsearch highlighting 2935 in this line */ 2936 int attr = 0; /* attributes for area highlighting */ 2937 int area_attr = 0; /* attributes desired by highlighting */ 2938 int search_attr = 0; /* attributes desired by 'hlsearch' */ 2939 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 2940 int vcol_save_attr = 0; /* saved attr for 'cursorcolumn' */ 2941 int syntax_attr = 0; /* attributes desired by syntax */ 2942 int has_syntax = FALSE; /* this buffer has syntax highl. */ 2943 int save_did_emsg; 2944 int eol_hl_off = 0; /* 1 if highlighted char after EOL */ 2945 int draw_color_col = FALSE; /* highlight colorcolumn */ 2946 int *color_cols = NULL; /* pointer to according columns array */ 2947 #endif 2948 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL 2949 int has_spell = FALSE; /* this buffer has spell checking */ 2950 # define SPWORDLEN 150 2951 char_u nextline[SPWORDLEN * 2];/* text with start of the next line */ 2952 int nextlinecol = 0; /* column where nextline[] starts */ 2953 int nextline_idx = 0; /* index in nextline[] where next line 2954 starts */ 2955 int spell_attr = 0; /* attributes desired by spelling */ 2956 int word_end = 0; /* last byte with same spell_attr */ 2957 static linenr_T checked_lnum = 0; /* line number for "checked_col" */ 2958 static int checked_col = 0; /* column in "checked_lnum" up to which 2959 * there are no spell errors */ 2960 static int cap_col = -1; /* column to check for Cap word */ 2961 static linenr_T capcol_lnum = 0; /* line number where "cap_col" used */ 2962 int cur_checked_col = 0; /* checked column for current line */ 2963 #endif 2964 int extra_check; /* has syntax or linebreak */ 2965 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 2966 int multi_attr = 0; /* attributes desired by multibyte */ 2967 int mb_l = 1; /* multi-byte byte length */ 2968 int mb_c = 0; /* decoded multi-byte character */ 2969 int mb_utf8 = FALSE; /* screen char is UTF-8 char */ 2970 int u8cc[MAX_MCO]; /* composing UTF-8 chars */ 2971 #endif 2972 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 2973 int filler_lines; /* nr of filler lines to be drawn */ 2974 int filler_todo; /* nr of filler lines still to do + 1 */ 2975 hlf_T diff_hlf = (hlf_T)0; /* type of diff highlighting */ 2976 int change_start = MAXCOL; /* first col of changed area */ 2977 int change_end = -1; /* last col of changed area */ 2978 #endif 2979 colnr_T trailcol = MAXCOL; /* start of trailing spaces */ 2980 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK 2981 int need_showbreak = FALSE; 2982 #endif 2983 #if defined(FEAT_SIGNS) || (defined(FEAT_QUICKFIX) && defined(FEAT_WINDOWS)) \ 2984 || defined(FEAT_SYN_HL) || defined(FEAT_DIFF) 2985 # define LINE_ATTR 2986 int line_attr = 0; /* attribute for the whole line */ 2987 #endif 2988 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA 2989 matchitem_T *cur; /* points to the match list */ 2990 match_T *shl; /* points to search_hl or a match */ 2991 int shl_flag; /* flag to indicate whether search_hl 2992 has been processed or not */ 2993 int pos_inprogress; /* marks that position match search is 2994 in progress */ 2995 int prevcol_hl_flag; /* flag to indicate whether prevcol 2996 equals startcol of search_hl or one 2997 of the matches */ 2998 #endif 2999 #ifdef FEAT_ARABIC 3000 int prev_c = 0; /* previous Arabic character */ 3001 int prev_c1 = 0; /* first composing char for prev_c */ 3002 #endif 3003 #if defined(LINE_ATTR) 3004 int did_line_attr = 0; 3005 #endif 3006 3007 /* draw_state: items that are drawn in sequence: */ 3008 #define WL_START 0 /* nothing done yet */ 3009 #ifdef FEAT_CMDWIN 3010 # define WL_CMDLINE WL_START + 1 /* cmdline window column */ 3011 #else 3012 # define WL_CMDLINE WL_START 3013 #endif 3014 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 3015 # define WL_FOLD WL_CMDLINE + 1 /* 'foldcolumn' */ 3016 #else 3017 # define WL_FOLD WL_CMDLINE 3018 #endif 3019 #ifdef FEAT_SIGNS 3020 # define WL_SIGN WL_FOLD + 1 /* column for signs */ 3021 #else 3022 # define WL_SIGN WL_FOLD /* column for signs */ 3023 #endif 3024 #define WL_NR WL_SIGN + 1 /* line number */ 3025 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK 3026 # define WL_BRI WL_NR + 1 /* 'breakindent' */ 3027 #else 3028 # define WL_BRI WL_NR 3029 #endif 3030 #if defined(FEAT_LINEBREAK) || defined(FEAT_DIFF) 3031 # define WL_SBR WL_BRI + 1 /* 'showbreak' or 'diff' */ 3032 #else 3033 # define WL_SBR WL_BRI 3034 #endif 3035 #define WL_LINE WL_SBR + 1 /* text in the line */ 3036 int draw_state = WL_START; /* what to draw next */ 3037 #if defined(FEAT_XIM) && defined(FEAT_GUI_GTK) 3038 int feedback_col = 0; 3039 int feedback_old_attr = -1; 3040 #endif 3041 3042 #ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL 3043 int syntax_flags = 0; 3044 int syntax_seqnr = 0; 3045 int prev_syntax_id = 0; 3046 int conceal_attr = hl_attr(HLF_CONCEAL); 3047 int is_concealing = FALSE; 3048 int boguscols = 0; /* nonexistent columns added to force 3049 wrapping */ 3050 int vcol_off = 0; /* offset for concealed characters */ 3051 int did_wcol = FALSE; 3052 int match_conc = FALSE; /* cchar for match functions */ 3053 int has_match_conc = FALSE; /* match wants to conceal */ 3054 int old_boguscols = 0; 3055 # define VCOL_HLC (vcol - vcol_off) 3056 # define FIX_FOR_BOGUSCOLS \ 3057 { \ 3058 n_extra += vcol_off; \ 3059 vcol -= vcol_off; \ 3060 vcol_off = 0; \ 3061 col -= boguscols; \ 3062 old_boguscols = boguscols; \ 3063 boguscols = 0; \ 3064 } 3065 #else 3066 # define VCOL_HLC (vcol) 3067 #endif 3068 3069 if (startrow > endrow) /* past the end already! */ 3070 return startrow; 3071 3072 row = startrow; 3073 screen_row = row + W_WINROW(wp); 3074 3075 /* 3076 * To speed up the loop below, set extra_check when there is linebreak, 3077 * trailing white space and/or syntax processing to be done. 3078 */ 3079 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK 3080 extra_check = wp->w_p_lbr; 3081 #else 3082 extra_check = 0; 3083 #endif 3084 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 3085 if (syntax_present(wp) && !wp->w_s->b_syn_error) 3086 { 3087 /* Prepare for syntax highlighting in this line. When there is an 3088 * error, stop syntax highlighting. */ 3089 save_did_emsg = did_emsg; 3090 did_emsg = FALSE; 3091 syntax_start(wp, lnum); 3092 if (did_emsg) 3093 wp->w_s->b_syn_error = TRUE; 3094 else 3095 { 3096 did_emsg = save_did_emsg; 3097 has_syntax = TRUE; 3098 extra_check = TRUE; 3099 } 3100 } 3101 3102 /* Check for columns to display for 'colorcolumn'. */ 3103 color_cols = wp->w_p_cc_cols; 3104 if (color_cols != NULL) 3105 draw_color_col = advance_color_col(VCOL_HLC, &color_cols); 3106 #endif 3107 3108 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL 3109 if (wp->w_p_spell 3110 && *wp->w_s->b_p_spl != NUL 3111 && wp->w_s->b_langp.ga_len > 0 3112 && *(char **)(wp->w_s->b_langp.ga_data) != NULL) 3113 { 3114 /* Prepare for spell checking. */ 3115 has_spell = TRUE; 3116 extra_check = TRUE; 3117 3118 /* Get the start of the next line, so that words that wrap to the next 3119 * line are found too: "et<line-break>al.". 3120 * Trick: skip a few chars for C/shell/Vim comments */ 3121 nextline[SPWORDLEN] = NUL; 3122 if (lnum < wp->w_buffer->b_ml.ml_line_count) 3123 { 3124 line = ml_get_buf(wp->w_buffer, lnum + 1, FALSE); 3125 spell_cat_line(nextline + SPWORDLEN, line, SPWORDLEN); 3126 } 3127 3128 /* When a word wrapped from the previous line the start of the current 3129 * line is valid. */ 3130 if (lnum == checked_lnum) 3131 cur_checked_col = checked_col; 3132 checked_lnum = 0; 3133 3134 /* When there was a sentence end in the previous line may require a 3135 * word starting with capital in this line. In line 1 always check 3136 * the first word. */ 3137 if (lnum != capcol_lnum) 3138 cap_col = -1; 3139 if (lnum == 1) 3140 cap_col = 0; 3141 capcol_lnum = 0; 3142 } 3143 #endif 3144 3145 /* 3146 * handle visual active in this window 3147 */ 3148 fromcol = -10; 3149 tocol = MAXCOL; 3150 if (VIsual_active && wp->w_buffer == curwin->w_buffer) 3151 { 3152 /* Visual is after curwin->w_cursor */ 3153 if (ltoreq(curwin->w_cursor, VIsual)) 3154 { 3155 top = &curwin->w_cursor; 3156 bot = &VIsual; 3157 } 3158 else /* Visual is before curwin->w_cursor */ 3159 { 3160 top = &VIsual; 3161 bot = &curwin->w_cursor; 3162 } 3163 lnum_in_visual_area = (lnum >= top->lnum && lnum <= bot->lnum); 3164 if (VIsual_mode == Ctrl_V) /* block mode */ 3165 { 3166 if (lnum_in_visual_area) 3167 { 3168 fromcol = wp->w_old_cursor_fcol; 3169 tocol = wp->w_old_cursor_lcol; 3170 } 3171 } 3172 else /* non-block mode */ 3173 { 3174 if (lnum > top->lnum && lnum <= bot->lnum) 3175 fromcol = 0; 3176 else if (lnum == top->lnum) 3177 { 3178 if (VIsual_mode == 'V') /* linewise */ 3179 fromcol = 0; 3180 else 3181 { 3182 getvvcol(wp, top, (colnr_T *)&fromcol, NULL, NULL); 3183 if (gchar_pos(top) == NUL) 3184 tocol = fromcol + 1; 3185 } 3186 } 3187 if (VIsual_mode != 'V' && lnum == bot->lnum) 3188 { 3189 if (*p_sel == 'e' && bot->col == 0 3190 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT 3191 && bot->coladd == 0 3192 #endif 3193 ) 3194 { 3195 fromcol = -10; 3196 tocol = MAXCOL; 3197 } 3198 else if (bot->col == MAXCOL) 3199 tocol = MAXCOL; 3200 else 3201 { 3202 pos = *bot; 3203 if (*p_sel == 'e') 3204 getvvcol(wp, &pos, (colnr_T *)&tocol, NULL, NULL); 3205 else 3206 { 3207 getvvcol(wp, &pos, NULL, NULL, (colnr_T *)&tocol); 3208 ++tocol; 3209 } 3210 } 3211 } 3212 } 3213 3214 #ifndef MSDOS 3215 /* Check if the character under the cursor should not be inverted */ 3216 if (!highlight_match && lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum && wp == curwin 3217 # ifdef FEAT_GUI 3218 && !gui.in_use 3219 # endif 3220 ) 3221 noinvcur = TRUE; 3222 #endif 3223 3224 /* if inverting in this line set area_highlighting */ 3225 if (fromcol >= 0) 3226 { 3227 area_highlighting = TRUE; 3228 attr = hl_attr(HLF_V); 3229 #if defined(FEAT_CLIPBOARD) && defined(FEAT_X11) 3230 if ((clip_star.available && !clip_star.owned 3231 && clip_isautosel_star()) 3232 || (clip_plus.available && !clip_plus.owned 3233 && clip_isautosel_plus())) 3234 attr = hl_attr(HLF_VNC); 3235 #endif 3236 } 3237 } 3238 3239 /* 3240 * handle 'incsearch' and ":s///c" highlighting 3241 */ 3242 else if (highlight_match 3243 && wp == curwin 3244 && lnum >= curwin->w_cursor.lnum 3245 && lnum <= curwin->w_cursor.lnum + search_match_lines) 3246 { 3247 if (lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum) 3248 getvcol(curwin, &(curwin->w_cursor), 3249 (colnr_T *)&fromcol, NULL, NULL); 3250 else 3251 fromcol = 0; 3252 if (lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum + search_match_lines) 3253 { 3254 pos.lnum = lnum; 3255 pos.col = search_match_endcol; 3256 getvcol(curwin, &pos, (colnr_T *)&tocol, NULL, NULL); 3257 } 3258 else 3259 tocol = MAXCOL; 3260 /* do at least one character; happens when past end of line */ 3261 if (fromcol == tocol) 3262 tocol = fromcol + 1; 3263 area_highlighting = TRUE; 3264 attr = hl_attr(HLF_I); 3265 } 3266 3267 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 3268 filler_lines = diff_check(wp, lnum); 3269 if (filler_lines < 0) 3270 { 3271 if (filler_lines == -1) 3272 { 3273 if (diff_find_change(wp, lnum, &change_start, &change_end)) 3274 diff_hlf = HLF_ADD; /* added line */ 3275 else if (change_start == 0) 3276 diff_hlf = HLF_TXD; /* changed text */ 3277 else 3278 diff_hlf = HLF_CHD; /* changed line */ 3279 } 3280 else 3281 diff_hlf = HLF_ADD; /* added line */ 3282 filler_lines = 0; 3283 area_highlighting = TRUE; 3284 } 3285 if (lnum == wp->w_topline) 3286 filler_lines = wp->w_topfill; 3287 filler_todo = filler_lines; 3288 #endif 3289 3290 #ifdef LINE_ATTR 3291 # ifdef FEAT_SIGNS 3292 /* If this line has a sign with line highlighting set line_attr. */ 3293 v = buf_getsigntype(wp->w_buffer, lnum, SIGN_LINEHL); 3294 if (v != 0) 3295 line_attr = sign_get_attr((int)v, TRUE); 3296 # endif 3297 # if defined(FEAT_QUICKFIX) && defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) 3298 /* Highlight the current line in the quickfix window. */ 3299 if (bt_quickfix(wp->w_buffer) && qf_current_entry(wp) == lnum) 3300 line_attr = hl_attr(HLF_L); 3301 # endif 3302 if (line_attr != 0) 3303 area_highlighting = TRUE; 3304 #endif 3305 3306 line = ml_get_buf(wp->w_buffer, lnum, FALSE); 3307 ptr = line; 3308 3309 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL 3310 if (has_spell) 3311 { 3312 /* For checking first word with a capital skip white space. */ 3313 if (cap_col == 0) 3314 cap_col = (int)(skipwhite(line) - line); 3315 3316 /* To be able to spell-check over line boundaries copy the end of the 3317 * current line into nextline[]. Above the start of the next line was 3318 * copied to nextline[SPWORDLEN]. */ 3319 if (nextline[SPWORDLEN] == NUL) 3320 { 3321 /* No next line or it is empty. */ 3322 nextlinecol = MAXCOL; 3323 nextline_idx = 0; 3324 } 3325 else 3326 { 3327 v = (long)STRLEN(line); 3328 if (v < SPWORDLEN) 3329 { 3330 /* Short line, use it completely and append the start of the 3331 * next line. */ 3332 nextlinecol = 0; 3333 mch_memmove(nextline, line, (size_t)v); 3334 STRMOVE(nextline + v, nextline + SPWORDLEN); 3335 nextline_idx = v + 1; 3336 } 3337 else 3338 { 3339 /* Long line, use only the last SPWORDLEN bytes. */ 3340 nextlinecol = v - SPWORDLEN; 3341 mch_memmove(nextline, line + nextlinecol, SPWORDLEN); 3342 nextline_idx = SPWORDLEN + 1; 3343 } 3344 } 3345 } 3346 #endif 3347 3348 if (wp->w_p_list) 3349 { 3350 if (lcs_space || lcs_trail) 3351 extra_check = TRUE; 3352 /* find start of trailing whitespace */ 3353 if (lcs_trail) 3354 { 3355 trailcol = (colnr_T)STRLEN(ptr); 3356 while (trailcol > (colnr_T)0 && vim_iswhite(ptr[trailcol - 1])) 3357 --trailcol; 3358 trailcol += (colnr_T) (ptr - line); 3359 } 3360 } 3361 3362 /* 3363 * 'nowrap' or 'wrap' and a single line that doesn't fit: Advance to the 3364 * first character to be displayed. 3365 */ 3366 if (wp->w_p_wrap) 3367 v = wp->w_skipcol; 3368 else 3369 v = wp->w_leftcol; 3370 if (v > 0) 3371 { 3372 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 3373 char_u *prev_ptr = ptr; 3374 #endif 3375 while (vcol < v && *ptr != NUL) 3376 { 3377 c = win_lbr_chartabsize(wp, line, ptr, (colnr_T)vcol, NULL); 3378 vcol += c; 3379 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 3380 prev_ptr = ptr; 3381 #endif 3382 mb_ptr_adv(ptr); 3383 } 3384 3385 /* When: 3386 * - 'cuc' is set, or 3387 * - 'colorcolumn' is set, or 3388 * - 'virtualedit' is set, or 3389 * - the visual mode is active, 3390 * the end of the line may be before the start of the displayed part. 3391 */ 3392 if (vcol < v && ( 3393 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 3394 wp->w_p_cuc || draw_color_col || 3395 #endif 3396 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT 3397 virtual_active() || 3398 #endif 3399 (VIsual_active && wp->w_buffer == curwin->w_buffer))) 3400 { 3401 vcol = v; 3402 } 3403 3404 /* Handle a character that's not completely on the screen: Put ptr at 3405 * that character but skip the first few screen characters. */ 3406 if (vcol > v) 3407 { 3408 vcol -= c; 3409 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 3410 ptr = prev_ptr; 3411 #else 3412 --ptr; 3413 #endif 3414 n_skip = v - vcol; 3415 } 3416 3417 /* 3418 * Adjust for when the inverted text is before the screen, 3419 * and when the start of the inverted text is before the screen. 3420 */ 3421 if (tocol <= vcol) 3422 fromcol = 0; 3423 else if (fromcol >= 0 && fromcol < vcol) 3424 fromcol = vcol; 3425 3426 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK 3427 /* When w_skipcol is non-zero, first line needs 'showbreak' */ 3428 if (wp->w_p_wrap) 3429 need_showbreak = TRUE; 3430 #endif 3431 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL 3432 /* When spell checking a word we need to figure out the start of the 3433 * word and if it's badly spelled or not. */ 3434 if (has_spell) 3435 { 3436 int len; 3437 colnr_T linecol = (colnr_T)(ptr - line); 3438 hlf_T spell_hlf = HLF_COUNT; 3439 3440 pos = wp->w_cursor; 3441 wp->w_cursor.lnum = lnum; 3442 wp->w_cursor.col = linecol; 3443 len = spell_move_to(wp, FORWARD, TRUE, TRUE, &spell_hlf); 3444 3445 /* spell_move_to() may call ml_get() and make "line" invalid */ 3446 line = ml_get_buf(wp->w_buffer, lnum, FALSE); 3447 ptr = line + linecol; 3448 3449 if (len == 0 || (int)wp->w_cursor.col > ptr - line) 3450 { 3451 /* no bad word found at line start, don't check until end of a 3452 * word */ 3453 spell_hlf = HLF_COUNT; 3454 word_end = (int)(spell_to_word_end(ptr, wp) - line + 1); 3455 } 3456 else 3457 { 3458 /* bad word found, use attributes until end of word */ 3459 word_end = wp->w_cursor.col + len + 1; 3460 3461 /* Turn index into actual attributes. */ 3462 if (spell_hlf != HLF_COUNT) 3463 spell_attr = highlight_attr[spell_hlf]; 3464 } 3465 wp->w_cursor = pos; 3466 3467 # ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 3468 /* Need to restart syntax highlighting for this line. */ 3469 if (has_syntax) 3470 syntax_start(wp, lnum); 3471 # endif 3472 } 3473 #endif 3474 } 3475 3476 /* 3477 * Correct highlighting for cursor that can't be disabled. 3478 * Avoids having to check this for each character. 3479 */ 3480 if (fromcol >= 0) 3481 { 3482 if (noinvcur) 3483 { 3484 if ((colnr_T)fromcol == wp->w_virtcol) 3485 { 3486 /* highlighting starts at cursor, let it start just after the 3487 * cursor */ 3488 fromcol_prev = fromcol; 3489 fromcol = -1; 3490 } 3491 else if ((colnr_T)fromcol < wp->w_virtcol) 3492 /* restart highlighting after the cursor */ 3493 fromcol_prev = wp->w_virtcol; 3494 } 3495 if (fromcol >= tocol) 3496 fromcol = -1; 3497 } 3498 3499 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA 3500 /* 3501 * Handle highlighting the last used search pattern and matches. 3502 * Do this for both search_hl and the match list. 3503 */ 3504 cur = wp->w_match_head; 3505 shl_flag = FALSE; 3506 while (cur != NULL || shl_flag == FALSE) 3507 { 3508 if (shl_flag == FALSE) 3509 { 3510 shl = &search_hl; 3511 shl_flag = TRUE; 3512 } 3513 else 3514 shl = &cur->hl; 3515 shl->startcol = MAXCOL; 3516 shl->endcol = MAXCOL; 3517 shl->attr_cur = 0; 3518 v = (long)(ptr - line); 3519 if (cur != NULL) 3520 cur->pos.cur = 0; 3521 next_search_hl(wp, shl, lnum, (colnr_T)v, cur); 3522 3523 /* Need to get the line again, a multi-line regexp may have made it 3524 * invalid. */ 3525 line = ml_get_buf(wp->w_buffer, lnum, FALSE); 3526 ptr = line + v; 3527 3528 if (shl->lnum != 0 && shl->lnum <= lnum) 3529 { 3530 if (shl->lnum == lnum) 3531 shl->startcol = shl->rm.startpos[0].col; 3532 else 3533 shl->startcol = 0; 3534 if (lnum == shl->lnum + shl->rm.endpos[0].lnum 3535 - shl->rm.startpos[0].lnum) 3536 shl->endcol = shl->rm.endpos[0].col; 3537 else 3538 shl->endcol = MAXCOL; 3539 /* Highlight one character for an empty match. */ 3540 if (shl->startcol == shl->endcol) 3541 { 3542 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 3543 if (has_mbyte && line[shl->endcol] != NUL) 3544 shl->endcol += (*mb_ptr2len)(line + shl->endcol); 3545 else 3546 #endif 3547 ++shl->endcol; 3548 } 3549 if ((long)shl->startcol < v) /* match at leftcol */ 3550 { 3551 shl->attr_cur = shl->attr; 3552 search_attr = shl->attr; 3553 } 3554 area_highlighting = TRUE; 3555 } 3556 if (shl != &search_hl && cur != NULL) 3557 cur = cur->next; 3558 } 3559 #endif 3560 3561 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 3562 /* Cursor line highlighting for 'cursorline' in the current window. Not 3563 * when Visual mode is active, because it's not clear what is selected 3564 * then. */ 3565 if (wp->w_p_cul && lnum == wp->w_cursor.lnum 3566 && !(wp == curwin && VIsual_active)) 3567 { 3568 line_attr = hl_attr(HLF_CUL); 3569 area_highlighting = TRUE; 3570 } 3571 #endif 3572 3573 off = (unsigned)(current_ScreenLine - ScreenLines); 3574 col = 0; 3575 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 3576 if (wp->w_p_rl) 3577 { 3578 /* Rightleft window: process the text in the normal direction, but put 3579 * it in current_ScreenLine[] from right to left. Start at the 3580 * rightmost column of the window. */ 3581 col = W_WIDTH(wp) - 1; 3582 off += col; 3583 } 3584 #endif 3585 3586 /* 3587 * Repeat for the whole displayed line. 3588 */ 3589 for (;;) 3590 { 3591 #ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL 3592 has_match_conc = FALSE; 3593 #endif 3594 /* Skip this quickly when working on the text. */ 3595 if (draw_state != WL_LINE) 3596 { 3597 #ifdef FEAT_CMDWIN 3598 if (draw_state == WL_CMDLINE - 1 && n_extra == 0) 3599 { 3600 draw_state = WL_CMDLINE; 3601 if (cmdwin_type != 0 && wp == curwin) 3602 { 3603 /* Draw the cmdline character. */ 3604 n_extra = 1; 3605 c_extra = cmdwin_type; 3606 char_attr = hl_attr(HLF_AT); 3607 } 3608 } 3609 #endif 3610 3611 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 3612 if (draw_state == WL_FOLD - 1 && n_extra == 0) 3613 { 3614 int fdc = compute_foldcolumn(wp, 0); 3615 3616 draw_state = WL_FOLD; 3617 if (fdc > 0) 3618 { 3619 /* Draw the 'foldcolumn'. */ 3620 fill_foldcolumn(extra, wp, FALSE, lnum); 3621 n_extra = fdc; 3622 p_extra = extra; 3623 p_extra[n_extra] = NUL; 3624 c_extra = NUL; 3625 char_attr = hl_attr(HLF_FC); 3626 } 3627 } 3628 #endif 3629 3630 #ifdef FEAT_SIGNS 3631 if (draw_state == WL_SIGN - 1 && n_extra == 0) 3632 { 3633 draw_state = WL_SIGN; 3634 /* Show the sign column when there are any signs in this 3635 * buffer or when using Netbeans. */ 3636 if (draw_signcolumn(wp)) 3637 { 3638 int text_sign; 3639 # ifdef FEAT_SIGN_ICONS 3640 int icon_sign; 3641 # endif 3642 3643 /* Draw two cells with the sign value or blank. */ 3644 c_extra = ' '; 3645 char_attr = hl_attr(HLF_SC); 3646 n_extra = 2; 3647 3648 if (row == startrow 3649 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 3650 + filler_lines && filler_todo <= 0 3651 #endif 3652 ) 3653 { 3654 text_sign = buf_getsigntype(wp->w_buffer, lnum, 3655 SIGN_TEXT); 3656 # ifdef FEAT_SIGN_ICONS 3657 icon_sign = buf_getsigntype(wp->w_buffer, lnum, 3658 SIGN_ICON); 3659 if (gui.in_use && icon_sign != 0) 3660 { 3661 /* Use the image in this position. */ 3662 c_extra = SIGN_BYTE; 3663 # ifdef FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG 3664 if (buf_signcount(wp->w_buffer, lnum) > 1) 3665 c_extra = MULTISIGN_BYTE; 3666 # endif 3667 char_attr = icon_sign; 3668 } 3669 else 3670 # endif 3671 if (text_sign != 0) 3672 { 3673 p_extra = sign_get_text(text_sign); 3674 if (p_extra != NULL) 3675 { 3676 c_extra = NUL; 3677 n_extra = (int)STRLEN(p_extra); 3678 } 3679 char_attr = sign_get_attr(text_sign, FALSE); 3680 } 3681 } 3682 } 3683 } 3684 #endif 3685 3686 if (draw_state == WL_NR - 1 && n_extra == 0) 3687 { 3688 draw_state = WL_NR; 3689 /* Display the absolute or relative line number. After the 3690 * first fill with blanks when the 'n' flag isn't in 'cpo' */ 3691 if ((wp->w_p_nu || wp->w_p_rnu) 3692 && (row == startrow 3693 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 3694 + filler_lines 3695 #endif 3696 || vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_NUMCOL) == NULL)) 3697 { 3698 /* Draw the line number (empty space after wrapping). */ 3699 if (row == startrow 3700 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 3701 + filler_lines 3702 #endif 3703 ) 3704 { 3705 long num; 3706 char *fmt = "%*ld "; 3707 3708 if (wp->w_p_nu && !wp->w_p_rnu) 3709 /* 'number' + 'norelativenumber' */ 3710 num = (long)lnum; 3711 else 3712 { 3713 /* 'relativenumber', don't use negative numbers */ 3714 num = labs((long)get_cursor_rel_lnum(wp, lnum)); 3715 if (num == 0 && wp->w_p_nu && wp->w_p_rnu) 3716 { 3717 /* 'number' + 'relativenumber' */ 3718 num = lnum; 3719 fmt = "%-*ld "; 3720 } 3721 } 3722 3723 sprintf((char *)extra, fmt, 3724 number_width(wp), num); 3725 if (wp->w_skipcol > 0) 3726 for (p_extra = extra; *p_extra == ' '; ++p_extra) 3727 *p_extra = '-'; 3728 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 3729 if (wp->w_p_rl) /* reverse line numbers */ 3730 rl_mirror(extra); 3731 #endif 3732 p_extra = extra; 3733 c_extra = NUL; 3734 } 3735 else 3736 c_extra = ' '; 3737 n_extra = number_width(wp) + 1; 3738 char_attr = hl_attr(HLF_N); 3739 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 3740 /* When 'cursorline' is set highlight the line number of 3741 * the current line differently. 3742 * TODO: Can we use CursorLine instead of CursorLineNr 3743 * when CursorLineNr isn't set? */ 3744 if ((wp->w_p_cul || wp->w_p_rnu) 3745 && lnum == wp->w_cursor.lnum) 3746 char_attr = hl_attr(HLF_CLN); 3747 #endif 3748 } 3749 } 3750 3751 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK 3752 if (wp->w_p_brisbr && draw_state == WL_BRI - 1 3753 && n_extra == 0 && *p_sbr != NUL) 3754 /* draw indent after showbreak value */ 3755 draw_state = WL_BRI; 3756 else if (wp->w_p_brisbr && draw_state == WL_SBR && n_extra == 0) 3757 /* After the showbreak, draw the breakindent */ 3758 draw_state = WL_BRI - 1; 3759 3760 /* draw 'breakindent': indent wrapped text accordingly */ 3761 if (draw_state == WL_BRI - 1 && n_extra == 0) 3762 { 3763 draw_state = WL_BRI; 3764 if (wp->w_p_bri && n_extra == 0 && row != startrow 3765 # ifdef FEAT_DIFF 3766 && filler_lines == 0 3767 # endif 3768 ) 3769 { 3770 char_attr = 0; /* was: hl_attr(HLF_AT); */ 3771 # ifdef FEAT_DIFF 3772 if (diff_hlf != (hlf_T)0) 3773 { 3774 char_attr = hl_attr(diff_hlf); 3775 # ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 3776 if (wp->w_p_cul && lnum == wp->w_cursor.lnum) 3777 char_attr = hl_combine_attr(char_attr, 3778 hl_attr(HLF_CUL)); 3779 # endif 3780 } 3781 # endif 3782 p_extra = NULL; 3783 c_extra = ' '; 3784 n_extra = get_breakindent_win(wp, 3785 ml_get_buf(wp->w_buffer, lnum, FALSE)); 3786 /* Correct end of highlighted area for 'breakindent', 3787 * required when 'linebreak' is also set. */ 3788 if (tocol == vcol) 3789 tocol += n_extra; 3790 } 3791 } 3792 #endif 3793 3794 #if defined(FEAT_LINEBREAK) || defined(FEAT_DIFF) 3795 if (draw_state == WL_SBR - 1 && n_extra == 0) 3796 { 3797 draw_state = WL_SBR; 3798 # ifdef FEAT_DIFF 3799 if (filler_todo > 0) 3800 { 3801 /* Draw "deleted" diff line(s). */ 3802 if (char2cells(fill_diff) > 1) 3803 c_extra = '-'; 3804 else 3805 c_extra = fill_diff; 3806 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 3807 if (wp->w_p_rl) 3808 n_extra = col + 1; 3809 else 3810 # endif 3811 n_extra = W_WIDTH(wp) - col; 3812 char_attr = hl_attr(HLF_DED); 3813 } 3814 # endif 3815 # ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK 3816 if (*p_sbr != NUL && need_showbreak) 3817 { 3818 /* Draw 'showbreak' at the start of each broken line. */ 3819 p_extra = p_sbr; 3820 c_extra = NUL; 3821 n_extra = (int)STRLEN(p_sbr); 3822 char_attr = hl_attr(HLF_AT); 3823 need_showbreak = FALSE; 3824 vcol_sbr = vcol + MB_CHARLEN(p_sbr); 3825 /* Correct end of highlighted area for 'showbreak', 3826 * required when 'linebreak' is also set. */ 3827 if (tocol == vcol) 3828 tocol += n_extra; 3829 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 3830 /* combine 'showbreak' with 'cursorline' */ 3831 if (wp->w_p_cul && lnum == wp->w_cursor.lnum) 3832 char_attr = hl_combine_attr(char_attr, 3833 hl_attr(HLF_CUL)); 3834 #endif 3835 } 3836 # endif 3837 } 3838 #endif 3839 3840 if (draw_state == WL_LINE - 1 && n_extra == 0) 3841 { 3842 draw_state = WL_LINE; 3843 if (saved_n_extra) 3844 { 3845 /* Continue item from end of wrapped line. */ 3846 n_extra = saved_n_extra; 3847 c_extra = saved_c_extra; 3848 p_extra = saved_p_extra; 3849 char_attr = saved_char_attr; 3850 } 3851 else 3852 char_attr = 0; 3853 } 3854 } 3855 3856 /* When still displaying '$' of change command, stop at cursor */ 3857 if (dollar_vcol >= 0 && wp == curwin 3858 && lnum == wp->w_cursor.lnum && vcol >= (long)wp->w_virtcol 3859 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 3860 && filler_todo <= 0 3861 #endif 3862 ) 3863 { 3864 SCREEN_LINE(screen_row, W_WINCOL(wp), col, -(int)W_WIDTH(wp), 3865 wp->w_p_rl); 3866 /* Pretend we have finished updating the window. Except when 3867 * 'cursorcolumn' is set. */ 3868 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 3869 if (wp->w_p_cuc) 3870 row = wp->w_cline_row + wp->w_cline_height; 3871 else 3872 #endif 3873 row = wp->w_height; 3874 break; 3875 } 3876 3877 if (draw_state == WL_LINE && area_highlighting) 3878 { 3879 /* handle Visual or match highlighting in this line */ 3880 if (vcol == fromcol 3881 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 3882 || (has_mbyte && vcol + 1 == fromcol && n_extra == 0 3883 && (*mb_ptr2cells)(ptr) > 1) 3884 #endif 3885 || ((int)vcol_prev == fromcol_prev 3886 && vcol_prev < vcol /* not at margin */ 3887 && vcol < tocol)) 3888 area_attr = attr; /* start highlighting */ 3889 else if (area_attr != 0 3890 && (vcol == tocol 3891 || (noinvcur && (colnr_T)vcol == wp->w_virtcol))) 3892 area_attr = 0; /* stop highlighting */ 3893 3894 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA 3895 if (!n_extra) 3896 { 3897 /* 3898 * Check for start/end of search pattern match. 3899 * After end, check for start/end of next match. 3900 * When another match, have to check for start again. 3901 * Watch out for matching an empty string! 3902 * Do this for 'search_hl' and the match list (ordered by 3903 * priority). 3904 */ 3905 v = (long)(ptr - line); 3906 cur = wp->w_match_head; 3907 shl_flag = FALSE; 3908 while (cur != NULL || shl_flag == FALSE) 3909 { 3910 if (shl_flag == FALSE 3911 && ((cur != NULL 3912 && cur->priority > SEARCH_HL_PRIORITY) 3913 || cur == NULL)) 3914 { 3915 shl = &search_hl; 3916 shl_flag = TRUE; 3917 } 3918 else 3919 shl = &cur->hl; 3920 if (cur != NULL) 3921 cur->pos.cur = 0; 3922 pos_inprogress = TRUE; 3923 while (shl->rm.regprog != NULL 3924 || (cur != NULL && pos_inprogress)) 3925 { 3926 if (shl->startcol != MAXCOL 3927 && v >= (long)shl->startcol 3928 && v < (long)shl->endcol) 3929 { 3930 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 3931 int tmp_col = v + MB_PTR2LEN(ptr); 3932 3933 if (shl->endcol < tmp_col) 3934 shl->endcol = tmp_col; 3935 #endif 3936 shl->attr_cur = shl->attr; 3937 #ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL 3938 if (cur != NULL && syn_name2id((char_u *)"Conceal") 3939 == cur->hlg_id) 3940 { 3941 has_match_conc = TRUE; 3942 match_conc = cur->conceal_char; 3943 } 3944 else 3945 has_match_conc = match_conc = FALSE; 3946 #endif 3947 } 3948 else if (v == (long)shl->endcol) 3949 { 3950 shl->attr_cur = 0; 3951 #ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL 3952 prev_syntax_id = 0; 3953 #endif 3954 next_search_hl(wp, shl, lnum, (colnr_T)v, cur); 3955 pos_inprogress = cur == NULL || cur->pos.cur == 0 3956 ? FALSE : TRUE; 3957 3958 /* Need to get the line again, a multi-line regexp 3959 * may have made it invalid. */ 3960 line = ml_get_buf(wp->w_buffer, lnum, FALSE); 3961 ptr = line + v; 3962 3963 if (shl->lnum == lnum) 3964 { 3965 shl->startcol = shl->rm.startpos[0].col; 3966 if (shl->rm.endpos[0].lnum == 0) 3967 shl->endcol = shl->rm.endpos[0].col; 3968 else 3969 shl->endcol = MAXCOL; 3970 3971 if (shl->startcol == shl->endcol) 3972 { 3973 /* highlight empty match, try again after 3974 * it */ 3975 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 3976 if (has_mbyte) 3977 shl->endcol += (*mb_ptr2len)(line 3978 + shl->endcol); 3979 else 3980 #endif 3981 ++shl->endcol; 3982 } 3983 3984 /* Loop to check if the match starts at the 3985 * current position */ 3986 continue; 3987 } 3988 } 3989 break; 3990 } 3991 if (shl != &search_hl && cur != NULL) 3992 cur = cur->next; 3993 } 3994 3995 /* Use attributes from match with highest priority among 3996 * 'search_hl' and the match list. */ 3997 search_attr = search_hl.attr_cur; 3998 cur = wp->w_match_head; 3999 shl_flag = FALSE; 4000 while (cur != NULL || shl_flag == FALSE) 4001 { 4002 if (shl_flag == FALSE 4003 && ((cur != NULL 4004 && cur->priority > SEARCH_HL_PRIORITY) 4005 || cur == NULL)) 4006 { 4007 shl = &search_hl; 4008 shl_flag = TRUE; 4009 } 4010 else 4011 shl = &cur->hl; 4012 if (shl->attr_cur != 0) 4013 search_attr = shl->attr_cur; 4014 if (shl != &search_hl && cur != NULL) 4015 cur = cur->next; 4016 } 4017 } 4018 #endif 4019 4020 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 4021 if (diff_hlf != (hlf_T)0) 4022 { 4023 if (diff_hlf == HLF_CHD && ptr - line >= change_start 4024 && n_extra == 0) 4025 diff_hlf = HLF_TXD; /* changed text */ 4026 if (diff_hlf == HLF_TXD && ptr - line > change_end 4027 && n_extra == 0) 4028 diff_hlf = HLF_CHD; /* changed line */ 4029 line_attr = hl_attr(diff_hlf); 4030 if (wp->w_p_cul && lnum == wp->w_cursor.lnum) 4031 line_attr = hl_combine_attr(line_attr, hl_attr(HLF_CUL)); 4032 } 4033 #endif 4034 4035 /* Decide which of the highlight attributes to use. */ 4036 attr_pri = TRUE; 4037 #ifdef LINE_ATTR 4038 if (area_attr != 0) 4039 char_attr = hl_combine_attr(line_attr, area_attr); 4040 else if (search_attr != 0) 4041 char_attr = hl_combine_attr(line_attr, search_attr); 4042 /* Use line_attr when not in the Visual or 'incsearch' area 4043 * (area_attr may be 0 when "noinvcur" is set). */ 4044 else if (line_attr != 0 && ((fromcol == -10 && tocol == MAXCOL) 4045 || vcol < fromcol || vcol_prev < fromcol_prev 4046 || vcol >= tocol)) 4047 char_attr = line_attr; 4048 #else 4049 if (area_attr != 0) 4050 char_attr = area_attr; 4051 else if (search_attr != 0) 4052 char_attr = search_attr; 4053 #endif 4054 else 4055 { 4056 attr_pri = FALSE; 4057 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 4058 if (has_syntax) 4059 char_attr = syntax_attr; 4060 else 4061 #endif 4062 char_attr = 0; 4063 } 4064 } 4065 4066 /* 4067 * Get the next character to put on the screen. 4068 */ 4069 /* 4070 * The "p_extra" points to the extra stuff that is inserted to 4071 * represent special characters (non-printable stuff) and other 4072 * things. When all characters are the same, c_extra is used. 4073 * "p_extra" must end in a NUL to avoid mb_ptr2len() reads past 4074 * "p_extra[n_extra]". 4075 * For the '$' of the 'list' option, n_extra == 1, p_extra == "". 4076 */ 4077 if (n_extra > 0) 4078 { 4079 if (c_extra != NUL) 4080 { 4081 c = c_extra; 4082 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 4083 mb_c = c; /* doesn't handle non-utf-8 multi-byte! */ 4084 if (enc_utf8 && (*mb_char2len)(c) > 1) 4085 { 4086 mb_utf8 = TRUE; 4087 u8cc[0] = 0; 4088 c = 0xc0; 4089 } 4090 else 4091 mb_utf8 = FALSE; 4092 #endif 4093 } 4094 else 4095 { 4096 c = *p_extra; 4097 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 4098 if (has_mbyte) 4099 { 4100 mb_c = c; 4101 if (enc_utf8) 4102 { 4103 /* If the UTF-8 character is more than one byte: 4104 * Decode it into "mb_c". */ 4105 mb_l = (*mb_ptr2len)(p_extra); 4106 mb_utf8 = FALSE; 4107 if (mb_l > n_extra) 4108 mb_l = 1; 4109 else if (mb_l > 1) 4110 { 4111 mb_c = utfc_ptr2char(p_extra, u8cc); 4112 mb_utf8 = TRUE; 4113 c = 0xc0; 4114 } 4115 } 4116 else 4117 { 4118 /* if this is a DBCS character, put it in "mb_c" */ 4119 mb_l = MB_BYTE2LEN(c); 4120 if (mb_l >= n_extra) 4121 mb_l = 1; 4122 else if (mb_l > 1) 4123 mb_c = (c << 8) + p_extra[1]; 4124 } 4125 if (mb_l == 0) /* at the NUL at end-of-line */ 4126 mb_l = 1; 4127 4128 /* If a double-width char doesn't fit display a '>' in the 4129 * last column. */ 4130 if (( 4131 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 4132 wp->w_p_rl ? (col <= 0) : 4133 # endif 4134 (col >= W_WIDTH(wp) - 1)) 4135 && (*mb_char2cells)(mb_c) == 2) 4136 { 4137 c = '>'; 4138 mb_c = c; 4139 mb_l = 1; 4140 mb_utf8 = FALSE; 4141 multi_attr = hl_attr(HLF_AT); 4142 /* put the pointer back to output the double-width 4143 * character at the start of the next line. */ 4144 ++n_extra; 4145 --p_extra; 4146 } 4147 else 4148 { 4149 n_extra -= mb_l - 1; 4150 p_extra += mb_l - 1; 4151 } 4152 } 4153 #endif 4154 ++p_extra; 4155 } 4156 --n_extra; 4157 } 4158 else 4159 { 4160 if (p_extra_free != NULL) 4161 { 4162 vim_free(p_extra_free); 4163 p_extra_free = NULL; 4164 } 4165 /* 4166 * Get a character from the line itself. 4167 */ 4168 c = *ptr; 4169 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 4170 if (has_mbyte) 4171 { 4172 mb_c = c; 4173 if (enc_utf8) 4174 { 4175 /* If the UTF-8 character is more than one byte: Decode it 4176 * into "mb_c". */ 4177 mb_l = (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr); 4178 mb_utf8 = FALSE; 4179 if (mb_l > 1) 4180 { 4181 mb_c = utfc_ptr2char(ptr, u8cc); 4182 /* Overlong encoded ASCII or ASCII with composing char 4183 * is displayed normally, except a NUL. */ 4184 if (mb_c < 0x80) 4185 c = mb_c; 4186 mb_utf8 = TRUE; 4187 4188 /* At start of the line we can have a composing char. 4189 * Draw it as a space with a composing char. */ 4190 if (utf_iscomposing(mb_c)) 4191 { 4192 int i; 4193 4194 for (i = Screen_mco - 1; i > 0; --i) 4195 u8cc[i] = u8cc[i - 1]; 4196 u8cc[0] = mb_c; 4197 mb_c = ' '; 4198 } 4199 } 4200 4201 if ((mb_l == 1 && c >= 0x80) 4202 || (mb_l >= 1 && mb_c == 0) 4203 || (mb_l > 1 && (!vim_isprintc(mb_c) 4204 # ifdef UNICODE16 4205 || mb_c >= 0x10000 4206 # endif 4207 ))) 4208 { 4209 /* 4210 * Illegal UTF-8 byte: display as <xx>. 4211 * Non-BMP character : display as ? or fullwidth ?. 4212 */ 4213 # ifdef UNICODE16 4214 if (mb_c < 0x10000) 4215 # endif 4216 { 4217 transchar_hex(extra, mb_c); 4218 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 4219 if (wp->w_p_rl) /* reverse */ 4220 rl_mirror(extra); 4221 # endif 4222 } 4223 # ifdef UNICODE16 4224 else if (utf_char2cells(mb_c) != 2) 4225 STRCPY(extra, "?"); 4226 else 4227 /* 0xff1f in UTF-8: full-width '?' */ 4228 STRCPY(extra, "\357\274\237"); 4229 # endif 4230 4231 p_extra = extra; 4232 c = *p_extra; 4233 mb_c = mb_ptr2char_adv(&p_extra); 4234 mb_utf8 = (c >= 0x80); 4235 n_extra = (int)STRLEN(p_extra); 4236 c_extra = NUL; 4237 if (area_attr == 0 && search_attr == 0) 4238 { 4239 n_attr = n_extra + 1; 4240 extra_attr = hl_attr(HLF_8); 4241 saved_attr2 = char_attr; /* save current attr */ 4242 } 4243 } 4244 else if (mb_l == 0) /* at the NUL at end-of-line */ 4245 mb_l = 1; 4246 #ifdef FEAT_ARABIC 4247 else if (p_arshape && !p_tbidi && ARABIC_CHAR(mb_c)) 4248 { 4249 /* Do Arabic shaping. */ 4250 int pc, pc1, nc; 4251 int pcc[MAX_MCO]; 4252 4253 /* The idea of what is the previous and next 4254 * character depends on 'rightleft'. */ 4255 if (wp->w_p_rl) 4256 { 4257 pc = prev_c; 4258 pc1 = prev_c1; 4259 nc = utf_ptr2char(ptr + mb_l); 4260 prev_c1 = u8cc[0]; 4261 } 4262 else 4263 { 4264 pc = utfc_ptr2char(ptr + mb_l, pcc); 4265 nc = prev_c; 4266 pc1 = pcc[0]; 4267 } 4268 prev_c = mb_c; 4269 4270 mb_c = arabic_shape(mb_c, &c, &u8cc[0], pc, pc1, nc); 4271 } 4272 else 4273 prev_c = mb_c; 4274 #endif 4275 } 4276 else /* enc_dbcs */ 4277 { 4278 mb_l = MB_BYTE2LEN(c); 4279 if (mb_l == 0) /* at the NUL at end-of-line */ 4280 mb_l = 1; 4281 else if (mb_l > 1) 4282 { 4283 /* We assume a second byte below 32 is illegal. 4284 * Hopefully this is OK for all double-byte encodings! 4285 */ 4286 if (ptr[1] >= 32) 4287 mb_c = (c << 8) + ptr[1]; 4288 else 4289 { 4290 if (ptr[1] == NUL) 4291 { 4292 /* head byte at end of line */ 4293 mb_l = 1; 4294 transchar_nonprint(extra, c); 4295 } 4296 else 4297 { 4298 /* illegal tail byte */ 4299 mb_l = 2; 4300 STRCPY(extra, "XX"); 4301 } 4302 p_extra = extra; 4303 n_extra = (int)STRLEN(extra) - 1; 4304 c_extra = NUL; 4305 c = *p_extra++; 4306 if (area_attr == 0 && search_attr == 0) 4307 { 4308 n_attr = n_extra + 1; 4309 extra_attr = hl_attr(HLF_8); 4310 saved_attr2 = char_attr; /* save current attr */ 4311 } 4312 mb_c = c; 4313 } 4314 } 4315 } 4316 /* If a double-width char doesn't fit display a '>' in the 4317 * last column; the character is displayed at the start of the 4318 * next line. */ 4319 if (( 4320 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 4321 wp->w_p_rl ? (col <= 0) : 4322 # endif 4323 (col >= W_WIDTH(wp) - 1)) 4324 && (*mb_char2cells)(mb_c) == 2) 4325 { 4326 c = '>'; 4327 mb_c = c; 4328 mb_utf8 = FALSE; 4329 mb_l = 1; 4330 multi_attr = hl_attr(HLF_AT); 4331 /* Put pointer back so that the character will be 4332 * displayed at the start of the next line. */ 4333 --ptr; 4334 } 4335 else if (*ptr != NUL) 4336 ptr += mb_l - 1; 4337 4338 /* If a double-width char doesn't fit at the left side display 4339 * a '<' in the first column. Don't do this for unprintable 4340 * characters. */ 4341 if (n_skip > 0 && mb_l > 1 && n_extra == 0) 4342 { 4343 n_extra = 1; 4344 c_extra = MB_FILLER_CHAR; 4345 c = ' '; 4346 if (area_attr == 0 && search_attr == 0) 4347 { 4348 n_attr = n_extra + 1; 4349 extra_attr = hl_attr(HLF_AT); 4350 saved_attr2 = char_attr; /* save current attr */ 4351 } 4352 mb_c = c; 4353 mb_utf8 = FALSE; 4354 mb_l = 1; 4355 } 4356 4357 } 4358 #endif 4359 ++ptr; 4360 4361 if (extra_check) 4362 { 4363 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL 4364 int can_spell = TRUE; 4365 #endif 4366 4367 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 4368 /* Get syntax attribute, unless still at the start of the line 4369 * (double-wide char that doesn't fit). */ 4370 v = (long)(ptr - line); 4371 if (has_syntax && v > 0) 4372 { 4373 /* Get the syntax attribute for the character. If there 4374 * is an error, disable syntax highlighting. */ 4375 save_did_emsg = did_emsg; 4376 did_emsg = FALSE; 4377 4378 syntax_attr = get_syntax_attr((colnr_T)v - 1, 4379 # ifdef FEAT_SPELL 4380 has_spell ? &can_spell : 4381 # endif 4382 NULL, FALSE); 4383 4384 if (did_emsg) 4385 { 4386 wp->w_s->b_syn_error = TRUE; 4387 has_syntax = FALSE; 4388 } 4389 else 4390 did_emsg = save_did_emsg; 4391 4392 /* Need to get the line again, a multi-line regexp may 4393 * have made it invalid. */ 4394 line = ml_get_buf(wp->w_buffer, lnum, FALSE); 4395 ptr = line + v; 4396 4397 if (!attr_pri) 4398 char_attr = syntax_attr; 4399 else 4400 char_attr = hl_combine_attr(syntax_attr, char_attr); 4401 # ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL 4402 /* no concealing past the end of the line, it interferes 4403 * with line highlighting */ 4404 if (c == NUL) 4405 syntax_flags = 0; 4406 else 4407 syntax_flags = get_syntax_info(&syntax_seqnr); 4408 # endif 4409 } 4410 #endif 4411 4412 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL 4413 /* Check spelling (unless at the end of the line). 4414 * Only do this when there is no syntax highlighting, the 4415 * @Spell cluster is not used or the current syntax item 4416 * contains the @Spell cluster. */ 4417 if (has_spell && v >= word_end && v > cur_checked_col) 4418 { 4419 spell_attr = 0; 4420 # ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 4421 if (!attr_pri) 4422 char_attr = syntax_attr; 4423 # endif 4424 if (c != 0 && ( 4425 # ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 4426 !has_syntax || 4427 # endif 4428 can_spell)) 4429 { 4430 char_u *prev_ptr, *p; 4431 int len; 4432 hlf_T spell_hlf = HLF_COUNT; 4433 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 4434 if (has_mbyte) 4435 { 4436 prev_ptr = ptr - mb_l; 4437 v -= mb_l - 1; 4438 } 4439 else 4440 # endif 4441 prev_ptr = ptr - 1; 4442 4443 /* Use nextline[] if possible, it has the start of the 4444 * next line concatenated. */ 4445 if ((prev_ptr - line) - nextlinecol >= 0) 4446 p = nextline + (prev_ptr - line) - nextlinecol; 4447 else 4448 p = prev_ptr; 4449 cap_col -= (int)(prev_ptr - line); 4450 len = spell_check(wp, p, &spell_hlf, &cap_col, 4451 nochange); 4452 word_end = v + len; 4453 4454 /* In Insert mode only highlight a word that 4455 * doesn't touch the cursor. */ 4456 if (spell_hlf != HLF_COUNT 4457 && (State & INSERT) != 0 4458 && wp->w_cursor.lnum == lnum 4459 && wp->w_cursor.col >= 4460 (colnr_T)(prev_ptr - line) 4461 && wp->w_cursor.col < (colnr_T)word_end) 4462 { 4463 spell_hlf = HLF_COUNT; 4464 spell_redraw_lnum = lnum; 4465 } 4466 4467 if (spell_hlf == HLF_COUNT && p != prev_ptr 4468 && (p - nextline) + len > nextline_idx) 4469 { 4470 /* Remember that the good word continues at the 4471 * start of the next line. */ 4472 checked_lnum = lnum + 1; 4473 checked_col = (int)((p - nextline) + len - nextline_idx); 4474 } 4475 4476 /* Turn index into actual attributes. */ 4477 if (spell_hlf != HLF_COUNT) 4478 spell_attr = highlight_attr[spell_hlf]; 4479 4480 if (cap_col > 0) 4481 { 4482 if (p != prev_ptr 4483 && (p - nextline) + cap_col >= nextline_idx) 4484 { 4485 /* Remember that the word in the next line 4486 * must start with a capital. */ 4487 capcol_lnum = lnum + 1; 4488 cap_col = (int)((p - nextline) + cap_col 4489 - nextline_idx); 4490 } 4491 else 4492 /* Compute the actual column. */ 4493 cap_col += (int)(prev_ptr - line); 4494 } 4495 } 4496 } 4497 if (spell_attr != 0) 4498 { 4499 if (!attr_pri) 4500 char_attr = hl_combine_attr(char_attr, spell_attr); 4501 else 4502 char_attr = hl_combine_attr(spell_attr, char_attr); 4503 } 4504 #endif 4505 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK 4506 /* 4507 * Found last space before word: check for line break. 4508 */ 4509 if (wp->w_p_lbr && vim_isbreak(c) && !vim_isbreak(*ptr)) 4510 { 4511 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 4512 int mb_off = has_mbyte ? (*mb_head_off)(line, ptr - 1) : 0; 4513 # endif 4514 char_u *p = ptr - ( 4515 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 4516 mb_off + 4517 # endif 4518 1); 4519 4520 /* TODO: is passing p for start of the line OK? */ 4521 n_extra = win_lbr_chartabsize(wp, line, p, (colnr_T)vcol, 4522 NULL) - 1; 4523 if (c == TAB && n_extra + col > W_WIDTH(wp)) 4524 n_extra = (int)wp->w_buffer->b_p_ts 4525 - vcol % (int)wp->w_buffer->b_p_ts - 1; 4526 4527 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 4528 c_extra = mb_off > 0 ? MB_FILLER_CHAR : ' '; 4529 # else 4530 c_extra = ' '; 4531 # endif 4532 if (vim_iswhite(c)) 4533 { 4534 #ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL 4535 if (c == TAB) 4536 /* See "Tab alignment" below. */ 4537 FIX_FOR_BOGUSCOLS; 4538 #endif 4539 if (!wp->w_p_list) 4540 c = ' '; 4541 } 4542 } 4543 #endif 4544 4545 /* 'list': change char 160 to lcs_nbsp and space to lcs_space. 4546 */ 4547 if (wp->w_p_list 4548 && (((c == 160 4549 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 4550 || (mb_utf8 && (mb_c == 160 || mb_c == 0x202f)) 4551 #endif 4552 ) && lcs_nbsp) 4553 || (c == ' ' && lcs_space && ptr - line <= trailcol))) 4554 { 4555 c = (c == ' ') ? lcs_space : lcs_nbsp; 4556 if (area_attr == 0 && search_attr == 0) 4557 { 4558 n_attr = 1; 4559 extra_attr = hl_attr(HLF_8); 4560 saved_attr2 = char_attr; /* save current attr */ 4561 } 4562 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 4563 mb_c = c; 4564 if (enc_utf8 && (*mb_char2len)(c) > 1) 4565 { 4566 mb_utf8 = TRUE; 4567 u8cc[0] = 0; 4568 c = 0xc0; 4569 } 4570 else 4571 mb_utf8 = FALSE; 4572 #endif 4573 } 4574 4575 if (trailcol != MAXCOL && ptr > line + trailcol && c == ' ') 4576 { 4577 c = lcs_trail; 4578 if (!attr_pri) 4579 { 4580 n_attr = 1; 4581 extra_attr = hl_attr(HLF_8); 4582 saved_attr2 = char_attr; /* save current attr */ 4583 } 4584 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 4585 mb_c = c; 4586 if (enc_utf8 && (*mb_char2len)(c) > 1) 4587 { 4588 mb_utf8 = TRUE; 4589 u8cc[0] = 0; 4590 c = 0xc0; 4591 } 4592 else 4593 mb_utf8 = FALSE; 4594 #endif 4595 } 4596 } 4597 4598 /* 4599 * Handling of non-printable characters. 4600 */ 4601 if (!(chartab[c & 0xff] & CT_PRINT_CHAR)) 4602 { 4603 /* 4604 * when getting a character from the file, we may have to 4605 * turn it into something else on the way to putting it 4606 * into "ScreenLines". 4607 */ 4608 if (c == TAB && (!wp->w_p_list || lcs_tab1)) 4609 { 4610 int tab_len = 0; 4611 long vcol_adjusted = vcol; /* removed showbreak length */ 4612 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK 4613 /* only adjust the tab_len, when at the first column 4614 * after the showbreak value was drawn */ 4615 if (*p_sbr != NUL && vcol == vcol_sbr && wp->w_p_wrap) 4616 vcol_adjusted = vcol - MB_CHARLEN(p_sbr); 4617 #endif 4618 /* tab amount depends on current column */ 4619 tab_len = (int)wp->w_buffer->b_p_ts 4620 - vcol_adjusted % (int)wp->w_buffer->b_p_ts - 1; 4621 4622 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK 4623 if (!wp->w_p_lbr || !wp->w_p_list) 4624 #endif 4625 /* tab amount depends on current column */ 4626 n_extra = tab_len; 4627 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK 4628 else 4629 { 4630 char_u *p; 4631 int len = n_extra; 4632 int i; 4633 int saved_nextra = n_extra; 4634 4635 #ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL 4636 if (vcol_off > 0) 4637 /* there are characters to conceal */ 4638 tab_len += vcol_off; 4639 /* boguscols before FIX_FOR_BOGUSCOLS macro from above 4640 */ 4641 if (wp->w_p_list && lcs_tab1 && old_boguscols > 0 4642 && n_extra > tab_len) 4643 tab_len += n_extra - tab_len; 4644 #endif 4645 4646 /* if n_extra > 0, it gives the number of chars, to 4647 * use for a tab, else we need to calculate the width 4648 * for a tab */ 4649 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 4650 len = (tab_len * mb_char2len(lcs_tab2)); 4651 if (n_extra > 0) 4652 len += n_extra - tab_len; 4653 #endif 4654 c = lcs_tab1; 4655 p = alloc((unsigned)(len + 1)); 4656 vim_memset(p, ' ', len); 4657 p[len] = NUL; 4658 p_extra_free = p; 4659 for (i = 0; i < tab_len; i++) 4660 { 4661 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 4662 mb_char2bytes(lcs_tab2, p); 4663 p += mb_char2len(lcs_tab2); 4664 n_extra += mb_char2len(lcs_tab2) 4665 - (saved_nextra > 0 ? 1 : 0); 4666 #else 4667 p[i] = lcs_tab2; 4668 #endif 4669 } 4670 p_extra = p_extra_free; 4671 #ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL 4672 /* n_extra will be increased by FIX_FOX_BOGUSCOLS 4673 * macro below, so need to adjust for that here */ 4674 if (vcol_off > 0) 4675 n_extra -= vcol_off; 4676 #endif 4677 } 4678 #endif 4679 #ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL 4680 { 4681 int vc_saved = vcol_off; 4682 4683 /* Tab alignment should be identical regardless of 4684 * 'conceallevel' value. So tab compensates of all 4685 * previous concealed characters, and thus resets 4686 * vcol_off and boguscols accumulated so far in the 4687 * line. Note that the tab can be longer than 4688 * 'tabstop' when there are concealed characters. */ 4689 FIX_FOR_BOGUSCOLS; 4690 4691 /* Make sure, the highlighting for the tab char will be 4692 * correctly set further below (effectively reverts the 4693 * FIX_FOR_BOGSUCOLS macro */ 4694 if (n_extra == tab_len + vc_saved && wp->w_p_list 4695 && lcs_tab1) 4696 tab_len += vc_saved; 4697 } 4698 #endif 4699 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 4700 mb_utf8 = FALSE; /* don't draw as UTF-8 */ 4701 #endif 4702 if (wp->w_p_list) 4703 { 4704 c = lcs_tab1; 4705 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK 4706 if (wp->w_p_lbr) 4707 c_extra = NUL; /* using p_extra from above */ 4708 else 4709 #endif 4710 c_extra = lcs_tab2; 4711 n_attr = tab_len + 1; 4712 extra_attr = hl_attr(HLF_8); 4713 saved_attr2 = char_attr; /* save current attr */ 4714 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 4715 mb_c = c; 4716 if (enc_utf8 && (*mb_char2len)(c) > 1) 4717 { 4718 mb_utf8 = TRUE; 4719 u8cc[0] = 0; 4720 c = 0xc0; 4721 } 4722 #endif 4723 } 4724 else 4725 { 4726 c_extra = ' '; 4727 c = ' '; 4728 } 4729 } 4730 else if (c == NUL 4731 && (wp->w_p_list 4732 || ((fromcol >= 0 || fromcol_prev >= 0) 4733 && tocol > vcol 4734 && VIsual_mode != Ctrl_V 4735 && ( 4736 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 4737 wp->w_p_rl ? (col >= 0) : 4738 # endif 4739 (col < W_WIDTH(wp))) 4740 && !(noinvcur 4741 && lnum == wp->w_cursor.lnum 4742 && (colnr_T)vcol == wp->w_virtcol))) 4743 && lcs_eol_one > 0) 4744 { 4745 /* Display a '$' after the line or highlight an extra 4746 * character if the line break is included. */ 4747 #if defined(FEAT_DIFF) || defined(LINE_ATTR) 4748 /* For a diff line the highlighting continues after the 4749 * "$". */ 4750 if ( 4751 # ifdef FEAT_DIFF 4752 diff_hlf == (hlf_T)0 4753 # ifdef LINE_ATTR 4754 && 4755 # endif 4756 # endif 4757 # ifdef LINE_ATTR 4758 line_attr == 0 4759 # endif 4760 ) 4761 #endif 4762 { 4763 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT 4764 /* In virtualedit, visual selections may extend 4765 * beyond end of line. */ 4766 if (area_highlighting && virtual_active() 4767 && tocol != MAXCOL && vcol < tocol) 4768 n_extra = 0; 4769 else 4770 #endif 4771 { 4772 p_extra = at_end_str; 4773 n_extra = 1; 4774 c_extra = NUL; 4775 } 4776 } 4777 if (wp->w_p_list && lcs_eol > 0) 4778 c = lcs_eol; 4779 else 4780 c = ' '; 4781 lcs_eol_one = -1; 4782 --ptr; /* put it back at the NUL */ 4783 if (!attr_pri) 4784 { 4785 extra_attr = hl_attr(HLF_AT); 4786 n_attr = 1; 4787 } 4788 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 4789 mb_c = c; 4790 if (enc_utf8 && (*mb_char2len)(c) > 1) 4791 { 4792 mb_utf8 = TRUE; 4793 u8cc[0] = 0; 4794 c = 0xc0; 4795 } 4796 else 4797 mb_utf8 = FALSE; /* don't draw as UTF-8 */ 4798 #endif 4799 } 4800 else if (c != NUL) 4801 { 4802 p_extra = transchar(c); 4803 if (n_extra == 0) 4804 n_extra = byte2cells(c) - 1; 4805 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 4806 if ((dy_flags & DY_UHEX) && wp->w_p_rl) 4807 rl_mirror(p_extra); /* reverse "<12>" */ 4808 #endif 4809 c_extra = NUL; 4810 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK 4811 if (wp->w_p_lbr) 4812 { 4813 char_u *p; 4814 4815 c = *p_extra; 4816 p = alloc((unsigned)n_extra + 1); 4817 vim_memset(p, ' ', n_extra); 4818 STRNCPY(p, p_extra + 1, STRLEN(p_extra) - 1); 4819 p[n_extra] = NUL; 4820 p_extra_free = p_extra = p; 4821 } 4822 else 4823 #endif 4824 { 4825 n_extra = byte2cells(c) - 1; 4826 c = *p_extra++; 4827 } 4828 if (!attr_pri) 4829 { 4830 n_attr = n_extra + 1; 4831 extra_attr = hl_attr(HLF_8); 4832 saved_attr2 = char_attr; /* save current attr */ 4833 } 4834 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 4835 mb_utf8 = FALSE; /* don't draw as UTF-8 */ 4836 #endif 4837 } 4838 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT 4839 else if (VIsual_active 4840 && (VIsual_mode == Ctrl_V 4841 || VIsual_mode == 'v') 4842 && virtual_active() 4843 && tocol != MAXCOL 4844 && vcol < tocol 4845 && ( 4846 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 4847 wp->w_p_rl ? (col >= 0) : 4848 # endif 4849 (col < W_WIDTH(wp)))) 4850 { 4851 c = ' '; 4852 --ptr; /* put it back at the NUL */ 4853 } 4854 #endif 4855 #if defined(LINE_ATTR) 4856 else if (( 4857 # ifdef FEAT_DIFF 4858 diff_hlf != (hlf_T)0 || 4859 # endif 4860 line_attr != 0 4861 ) && ( 4862 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 4863 wp->w_p_rl ? (col >= 0) : 4864 # endif 4865 (col 4866 # ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL 4867 - boguscols 4868 # endif 4869 < W_WIDTH(wp)))) 4870 { 4871 /* Highlight until the right side of the window */ 4872 c = ' '; 4873 --ptr; /* put it back at the NUL */ 4874 4875 /* Remember we do the char for line highlighting. */ 4876 ++did_line_attr; 4877 4878 /* don't do search HL for the rest of the line */ 4879 if (line_attr != 0 && char_attr == search_attr && col > 0) 4880 char_attr = line_attr; 4881 # ifdef FEAT_DIFF 4882 if (diff_hlf == HLF_TXD) 4883 { 4884 diff_hlf = HLF_CHD; 4885 if (attr == 0 || char_attr != attr) 4886 { 4887 char_attr = hl_attr(diff_hlf); 4888 if (wp->w_p_cul && lnum == wp->w_cursor.lnum) 4889 char_attr = hl_combine_attr(char_attr, 4890 hl_attr(HLF_CUL)); 4891 } 4892 } 4893 # endif 4894 } 4895 #endif 4896 } 4897 4898 #ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL 4899 if ( wp->w_p_cole > 0 4900 && (wp != curwin || lnum != wp->w_cursor.lnum || 4901 conceal_cursor_line(wp) ) 4902 && ( (syntax_flags & HL_CONCEAL) != 0 || has_match_conc) 4903 && !(lnum_in_visual_area 4904 && vim_strchr(wp->w_p_cocu, 'v') == NULL)) 4905 { 4906 char_attr = conceal_attr; 4907 if (prev_syntax_id != syntax_seqnr 4908 && (syn_get_sub_char() != NUL || match_conc 4909 || wp->w_p_cole == 1) 4910 && wp->w_p_cole != 3) 4911 { 4912 /* First time at this concealed item: display one 4913 * character. */ 4914 if (match_conc) 4915 c = match_conc; 4916 else if (syn_get_sub_char() != NUL) 4917 c = syn_get_sub_char(); 4918 else if (lcs_conceal != NUL) 4919 c = lcs_conceal; 4920 else 4921 c = ' '; 4922 4923 prev_syntax_id = syntax_seqnr; 4924 4925 if (n_extra > 0) 4926 vcol_off += n_extra; 4927 vcol += n_extra; 4928 if (wp->w_p_wrap && n_extra > 0) 4929 { 4930 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 4931 if (wp->w_p_rl) 4932 { 4933 col -= n_extra; 4934 boguscols -= n_extra; 4935 } 4936 else 4937 # endif 4938 { 4939 boguscols += n_extra; 4940 col += n_extra; 4941 } 4942 } 4943 n_extra = 0; 4944 n_attr = 0; 4945 } 4946 else if (n_skip == 0) 4947 { 4948 is_concealing = TRUE; 4949 n_skip = 1; 4950 } 4951 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 4952 mb_c = c; 4953 if (enc_utf8 && (*mb_char2len)(c) > 1) 4954 { 4955 mb_utf8 = TRUE; 4956 u8cc[0] = 0; 4957 c = 0xc0; 4958 } 4959 else 4960 mb_utf8 = FALSE; /* don't draw as UTF-8 */ 4961 # endif 4962 } 4963 else 4964 { 4965 prev_syntax_id = 0; 4966 is_concealing = FALSE; 4967 } 4968 #endif /* FEAT_CONCEAL */ 4969 } 4970 4971 #ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL 4972 /* In the cursor line and we may be concealing characters: correct 4973 * the cursor column when we reach its position. */ 4974 if (!did_wcol && draw_state == WL_LINE 4975 && wp == curwin && lnum == wp->w_cursor.lnum 4976 && conceal_cursor_line(wp) 4977 && (int)wp->w_virtcol <= vcol + n_skip) 4978 { 4979 wp->w_wcol = col - boguscols; 4980 wp->w_wrow = row; 4981 did_wcol = TRUE; 4982 } 4983 #endif 4984 4985 /* Don't override visual selection highlighting. */ 4986 if (n_attr > 0 4987 && draw_state == WL_LINE 4988 && !attr_pri) 4989 char_attr = extra_attr; 4990 4991 #if defined(FEAT_XIM) && defined(FEAT_GUI_GTK) 4992 /* XIM don't send preedit_start and preedit_end, but they send 4993 * preedit_changed and commit. Thus Vim can't set "im_is_active", use 4994 * im_is_preediting() here. */ 4995 if (xic != NULL 4996 && lnum == wp->w_cursor.lnum 4997 && (State & INSERT) 4998 && !p_imdisable 4999 && im_is_preediting() 5000 && draw_state == WL_LINE) 5001 { 5002 colnr_T tcol; 5003 5004 if (preedit_end_col == MAXCOL) 5005 getvcol(curwin, &(wp->w_cursor), &tcol, NULL, NULL); 5006 else 5007 tcol = preedit_end_col; 5008 if ((long)preedit_start_col <= vcol && vcol < (long)tcol) 5009 { 5010 if (feedback_old_attr < 0) 5011 { 5012 feedback_col = 0; 5013 feedback_old_attr = char_attr; 5014 } 5015 char_attr = im_get_feedback_attr(feedback_col); 5016 if (char_attr < 0) 5017 char_attr = feedback_old_attr; 5018 feedback_col++; 5019 } 5020 else if (feedback_old_attr >= 0) 5021 { 5022 char_attr = feedback_old_attr; 5023 feedback_old_attr = -1; 5024 feedback_col = 0; 5025 } 5026 } 5027 #endif 5028 /* 5029 * Handle the case where we are in column 0 but not on the first 5030 * character of the line and the user wants us to show us a 5031 * special character (via 'listchars' option "precedes:<char>". 5032 */ 5033 if (lcs_prec_todo != NUL 5034 && wp->w_p_list 5035 && (wp->w_p_wrap ? wp->w_skipcol > 0 : wp->w_leftcol > 0) 5036 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 5037 && filler_todo <= 0 5038 #endif 5039 && draw_state > WL_NR 5040 && c != NUL) 5041 { 5042 c = lcs_prec; 5043 lcs_prec_todo = NUL; 5044 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 5045 if (has_mbyte && (*mb_char2cells)(mb_c) > 1) 5046 { 5047 /* Double-width character being overwritten by the "precedes" 5048 * character, need to fill up half the character. */ 5049 c_extra = MB_FILLER_CHAR; 5050 n_extra = 1; 5051 n_attr = 2; 5052 extra_attr = hl_attr(HLF_AT); 5053 } 5054 mb_c = c; 5055 if (enc_utf8 && (*mb_char2len)(c) > 1) 5056 { 5057 mb_utf8 = TRUE; 5058 u8cc[0] = 0; 5059 c = 0xc0; 5060 } 5061 else 5062 mb_utf8 = FALSE; /* don't draw as UTF-8 */ 5063 #endif 5064 if (!attr_pri) 5065 { 5066 saved_attr3 = char_attr; /* save current attr */ 5067 char_attr = hl_attr(HLF_AT); /* later copied to char_attr */ 5068 n_attr3 = 1; 5069 } 5070 } 5071 5072 /* 5073 * At end of the text line or just after the last character. 5074 */ 5075 if (c == NUL 5076 #if defined(LINE_ATTR) 5077 || did_line_attr == 1 5078 #endif 5079 ) 5080 { 5081 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA 5082 long prevcol = (long)(ptr - line) - (c == NUL); 5083 5084 /* we're not really at that column when skipping some text */ 5085 if ((long)(wp->w_p_wrap ? wp->w_skipcol : wp->w_leftcol) > prevcol) 5086 ++prevcol; 5087 #endif 5088 5089 /* Invert at least one char, used for Visual and empty line or 5090 * highlight match at end of line. If it's beyond the last 5091 * char on the screen, just overwrite that one (tricky!) Not 5092 * needed when a '$' was displayed for 'list'. */ 5093 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA 5094 prevcol_hl_flag = FALSE; 5095 if (prevcol == (long)search_hl.startcol) 5096 prevcol_hl_flag = TRUE; 5097 else 5098 { 5099 cur = wp->w_match_head; 5100 while (cur != NULL) 5101 { 5102 if (prevcol == (long)cur->hl.startcol) 5103 { 5104 prevcol_hl_flag = TRUE; 5105 break; 5106 } 5107 cur = cur->next; 5108 } 5109 } 5110 #endif 5111 if (lcs_eol == lcs_eol_one 5112 && ((area_attr != 0 && vcol == fromcol 5113 && (VIsual_mode != Ctrl_V 5114 || lnum == VIsual.lnum 5115 || lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum) 5116 && c == NUL) 5117 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA 5118 /* highlight 'hlsearch' match at end of line */ 5119 || (prevcol_hl_flag == TRUE 5120 # if defined(LINE_ATTR) 5121 && did_line_attr <= 1 5122 # endif 5123 ) 5124 #endif 5125 )) 5126 { 5127 int n = 0; 5128 5129 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 5130 if (wp->w_p_rl) 5131 { 5132 if (col < 0) 5133 n = 1; 5134 } 5135 else 5136 #endif 5137 { 5138 if (col >= W_WIDTH(wp)) 5139 n = -1; 5140 } 5141 if (n != 0) 5142 { 5143 /* At the window boundary, highlight the last character 5144 * instead (better than nothing). */ 5145 off += n; 5146 col += n; 5147 } 5148 else 5149 { 5150 /* Add a blank character to highlight. */ 5151 ScreenLines[off] = ' '; 5152 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 5153 if (enc_utf8) 5154 ScreenLinesUC[off] = 0; 5155 #endif 5156 } 5157 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA 5158 if (area_attr == 0) 5159 { 5160 /* Use attributes from match with highest priority among 5161 * 'search_hl' and the match list. */ 5162 char_attr = search_hl.attr; 5163 cur = wp->w_match_head; 5164 shl_flag = FALSE; 5165 while (cur != NULL || shl_flag == FALSE) 5166 { 5167 if (shl_flag == FALSE 5168 && ((cur != NULL 5169 && cur->priority > SEARCH_HL_PRIORITY) 5170 || cur == NULL)) 5171 { 5172 shl = &search_hl; 5173 shl_flag = TRUE; 5174 } 5175 else 5176 shl = &cur->hl; 5177 if ((ptr - line) - 1 == (long)shl->startcol) 5178 char_attr = shl->attr; 5179 if (shl != &search_hl && cur != NULL) 5180 cur = cur->next; 5181 } 5182 } 5183 #endif 5184 ScreenAttrs[off] = char_attr; 5185 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 5186 if (wp->w_p_rl) 5187 { 5188 --col; 5189 --off; 5190 } 5191 else 5192 #endif 5193 { 5194 ++col; 5195 ++off; 5196 } 5197 ++vcol; 5198 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 5199 eol_hl_off = 1; 5200 #endif 5201 } 5202 } 5203 5204 /* 5205 * At end of the text line. 5206 */ 5207 if (c == NUL) 5208 { 5209 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 5210 if (eol_hl_off > 0 && vcol - eol_hl_off == (long)wp->w_virtcol 5211 && lnum == wp->w_cursor.lnum) 5212 { 5213 /* highlight last char after line */ 5214 --col; 5215 --off; 5216 --vcol; 5217 } 5218 5219 /* Highlight 'cursorcolumn' & 'colorcolumn' past end of the line. */ 5220 if (wp->w_p_wrap) 5221 v = wp->w_skipcol; 5222 else 5223 v = wp->w_leftcol; 5224 5225 /* check if line ends before left margin */ 5226 if (vcol < v + col - win_col_off(wp)) 5227 vcol = v + col - win_col_off(wp); 5228 #ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL 5229 /* Get rid of the boguscols now, we want to draw until the right 5230 * edge for 'cursorcolumn'. */ 5231 col -= boguscols; 5232 boguscols = 0; 5233 #endif 5234 5235 if (draw_color_col) 5236 draw_color_col = advance_color_col(VCOL_HLC, &color_cols); 5237 5238 if (((wp->w_p_cuc 5239 && (int)wp->w_virtcol >= VCOL_HLC - eol_hl_off 5240 && (int)wp->w_virtcol < 5241 W_WIDTH(wp) * (row - startrow + 1) + v 5242 && lnum != wp->w_cursor.lnum) 5243 || draw_color_col) 5244 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 5245 && !wp->w_p_rl 5246 # endif 5247 ) 5248 { 5249 int rightmost_vcol = 0; 5250 int i; 5251 5252 if (wp->w_p_cuc) 5253 rightmost_vcol = wp->w_virtcol; 5254 if (draw_color_col) 5255 /* determine rightmost colorcolumn to possibly draw */ 5256 for (i = 0; color_cols[i] >= 0; ++i) 5257 if (rightmost_vcol < color_cols[i]) 5258 rightmost_vcol = color_cols[i]; 5259 5260 while (col < W_WIDTH(wp)) 5261 { 5262 ScreenLines[off] = ' '; 5263 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 5264 if (enc_utf8) 5265 ScreenLinesUC[off] = 0; 5266 #endif 5267 ++col; 5268 if (draw_color_col) 5269 draw_color_col = advance_color_col(VCOL_HLC, 5270 &color_cols); 5271 5272 if (wp->w_p_cuc && VCOL_HLC == (long)wp->w_virtcol) 5273 ScreenAttrs[off++] = hl_attr(HLF_CUC); 5274 else if (draw_color_col && VCOL_HLC == *color_cols) 5275 ScreenAttrs[off++] = hl_attr(HLF_MC); 5276 else 5277 ScreenAttrs[off++] = 0; 5278 5279 if (VCOL_HLC >= rightmost_vcol) 5280 break; 5281 5282 ++vcol; 5283 } 5284 } 5285 #endif 5286 5287 SCREEN_LINE(screen_row, W_WINCOL(wp), col, 5288 (int)W_WIDTH(wp), wp->w_p_rl); 5289 row++; 5290 5291 /* 5292 * Update w_cline_height and w_cline_folded if the cursor line was 5293 * updated (saves a call to plines() later). 5294 */ 5295 if (wp == curwin && lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum) 5296 { 5297 curwin->w_cline_row = startrow; 5298 curwin->w_cline_height = row - startrow; 5299 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 5300 curwin->w_cline_folded = FALSE; 5301 #endif 5302 curwin->w_valid |= (VALID_CHEIGHT|VALID_CROW); 5303 } 5304 5305 break; 5306 } 5307 5308 /* line continues beyond line end */ 5309 if (lcs_ext 5310 && !wp->w_p_wrap 5311 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 5312 && filler_todo <= 0 5313 #endif 5314 && ( 5315 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 5316 wp->w_p_rl ? col == 0 : 5317 #endif 5318 col == W_WIDTH(wp) - 1) 5319 && (*ptr != NUL 5320 || (wp->w_p_list && lcs_eol_one > 0) 5321 || (n_extra && (c_extra != NUL || *p_extra != NUL)))) 5322 { 5323 c = lcs_ext; 5324 char_attr = hl_attr(HLF_AT); 5325 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 5326 mb_c = c; 5327 if (enc_utf8 && (*mb_char2len)(c) > 1) 5328 { 5329 mb_utf8 = TRUE; 5330 u8cc[0] = 0; 5331 c = 0xc0; 5332 } 5333 else 5334 mb_utf8 = FALSE; 5335 #endif 5336 } 5337 5338 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 5339 /* advance to the next 'colorcolumn' */ 5340 if (draw_color_col) 5341 draw_color_col = advance_color_col(VCOL_HLC, &color_cols); 5342 5343 /* Highlight the cursor column if 'cursorcolumn' is set. But don't 5344 * highlight the cursor position itself. 5345 * Also highlight the 'colorcolumn' if it is different than 5346 * 'cursorcolumn' */ 5347 vcol_save_attr = -1; 5348 if (draw_state == WL_LINE && !lnum_in_visual_area) 5349 { 5350 if (wp->w_p_cuc && VCOL_HLC == (long)wp->w_virtcol 5351 && lnum != wp->w_cursor.lnum) 5352 { 5353 vcol_save_attr = char_attr; 5354 char_attr = hl_combine_attr(char_attr, hl_attr(HLF_CUC)); 5355 } 5356 else if (draw_color_col && VCOL_HLC == *color_cols) 5357 { 5358 vcol_save_attr = char_attr; 5359 char_attr = hl_combine_attr(char_attr, hl_attr(HLF_MC)); 5360 } 5361 } 5362 #endif 5363 5364 /* 5365 * Store character to be displayed. 5366 * Skip characters that are left of the screen for 'nowrap'. 5367 */ 5368 vcol_prev = vcol; 5369 if (draw_state < WL_LINE || n_skip <= 0) 5370 { 5371 /* 5372 * Store the character. 5373 */ 5374 #if defined(FEAT_RIGHTLEFT) && defined(FEAT_MBYTE) 5375 if (has_mbyte && wp->w_p_rl && (*mb_char2cells)(mb_c) > 1) 5376 { 5377 /* A double-wide character is: put first halve in left cell. */ 5378 --off; 5379 --col; 5380 } 5381 #endif 5382 ScreenLines[off] = c; 5383 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 5384 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU) 5385 { 5386 if ((mb_c & 0xff00) == 0x8e00) 5387 ScreenLines[off] = 0x8e; 5388 ScreenLines2[off] = mb_c & 0xff; 5389 } 5390 else if (enc_utf8) 5391 { 5392 if (mb_utf8) 5393 { 5394 int i; 5395 5396 ScreenLinesUC[off] = mb_c; 5397 if ((c & 0xff) == 0) 5398 ScreenLines[off] = 0x80; /* avoid storing zero */ 5399 for (i = 0; i < Screen_mco; ++i) 5400 { 5401 ScreenLinesC[i][off] = u8cc[i]; 5402 if (u8cc[i] == 0) 5403 break; 5404 } 5405 } 5406 else 5407 ScreenLinesUC[off] = 0; 5408 } 5409 if (multi_attr) 5410 { 5411 ScreenAttrs[off] = multi_attr; 5412 multi_attr = 0; 5413 } 5414 else 5415 #endif 5416 ScreenAttrs[off] = char_attr; 5417 5418 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 5419 if (has_mbyte && (*mb_char2cells)(mb_c) > 1) 5420 { 5421 /* Need to fill two screen columns. */ 5422 ++off; 5423 ++col; 5424 if (enc_utf8) 5425 /* UTF-8: Put a 0 in the second screen char. */ 5426 ScreenLines[off] = 0; 5427 else 5428 /* DBCS: Put second byte in the second screen char. */ 5429 ScreenLines[off] = mb_c & 0xff; 5430 if (draw_state > WL_NR 5431 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 5432 && filler_todo <= 0 5433 #endif 5434 ) 5435 ++vcol; 5436 /* When "tocol" is halfway a character, set it to the end of 5437 * the character, otherwise highlighting won't stop. */ 5438 if (tocol == vcol) 5439 ++tocol; 5440 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 5441 if (wp->w_p_rl) 5442 { 5443 /* now it's time to backup one cell */ 5444 --off; 5445 --col; 5446 } 5447 #endif 5448 } 5449 #endif 5450 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 5451 if (wp->w_p_rl) 5452 { 5453 --off; 5454 --col; 5455 } 5456 else 5457 #endif 5458 { 5459 ++off; 5460 ++col; 5461 } 5462 } 5463 #ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL 5464 else if (wp->w_p_cole > 0 && is_concealing) 5465 { 5466 --n_skip; 5467 ++vcol_off; 5468 if (n_extra > 0) 5469 vcol_off += n_extra; 5470 if (wp->w_p_wrap) 5471 { 5472 /* 5473 * Special voodoo required if 'wrap' is on. 5474 * 5475 * Advance the column indicator to force the line 5476 * drawing to wrap early. This will make the line 5477 * take up the same screen space when parts are concealed, 5478 * so that cursor line computations aren't messed up. 5479 * 5480 * To avoid the fictitious advance of 'col' causing 5481 * trailing junk to be written out of the screen line 5482 * we are building, 'boguscols' keeps track of the number 5483 * of bad columns we have advanced. 5484 */ 5485 if (n_extra > 0) 5486 { 5487 vcol += n_extra; 5488 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 5489 if (wp->w_p_rl) 5490 { 5491 col -= n_extra; 5492 boguscols -= n_extra; 5493 } 5494 else 5495 # endif 5496 { 5497 col += n_extra; 5498 boguscols += n_extra; 5499 } 5500 n_extra = 0; 5501 n_attr = 0; 5502 } 5503 5504 5505 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 5506 if (has_mbyte && (*mb_char2cells)(mb_c) > 1) 5507 { 5508 /* Need to fill two screen columns. */ 5509 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 5510 if (wp->w_p_rl) 5511 { 5512 --boguscols; 5513 --col; 5514 } 5515 else 5516 # endif 5517 { 5518 ++boguscols; 5519 ++col; 5520 } 5521 } 5522 # endif 5523 5524 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 5525 if (wp->w_p_rl) 5526 { 5527 --boguscols; 5528 --col; 5529 } 5530 else 5531 # endif 5532 { 5533 ++boguscols; 5534 ++col; 5535 } 5536 } 5537 else 5538 { 5539 if (n_extra > 0) 5540 { 5541 vcol += n_extra; 5542 n_extra = 0; 5543 n_attr = 0; 5544 } 5545 } 5546 5547 } 5548 #endif /* FEAT_CONCEAL */ 5549 else 5550 --n_skip; 5551 5552 /* Only advance the "vcol" when after the 'number' or 'relativenumber' 5553 * column. */ 5554 if (draw_state > WL_NR 5555 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 5556 && filler_todo <= 0 5557 #endif 5558 ) 5559 ++vcol; 5560 5561 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 5562 if (vcol_save_attr >= 0) 5563 char_attr = vcol_save_attr; 5564 #endif 5565 5566 /* restore attributes after "predeces" in 'listchars' */ 5567 if (draw_state > WL_NR && n_attr3 > 0 && --n_attr3 == 0) 5568 char_attr = saved_attr3; 5569 5570 /* restore attributes after last 'listchars' or 'number' char */ 5571 if (n_attr > 0 && draw_state == WL_LINE && --n_attr == 0) 5572 char_attr = saved_attr2; 5573 5574 /* 5575 * At end of screen line and there is more to come: Display the line 5576 * so far. If there is no more to display it is caught above. 5577 */ 5578 if (( 5579 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 5580 wp->w_p_rl ? (col < 0) : 5581 #endif 5582 (col >= W_WIDTH(wp))) 5583 && (*ptr != NUL 5584 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 5585 || filler_todo > 0 5586 #endif 5587 || (wp->w_p_list && lcs_eol != NUL && p_extra != at_end_str) 5588 || (n_extra != 0 && (c_extra != NUL || *p_extra != NUL))) 5589 ) 5590 { 5591 #ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL 5592 SCREEN_LINE(screen_row, W_WINCOL(wp), col - boguscols, 5593 (int)W_WIDTH(wp), wp->w_p_rl); 5594 boguscols = 0; 5595 #else 5596 SCREEN_LINE(screen_row, W_WINCOL(wp), col, 5597 (int)W_WIDTH(wp), wp->w_p_rl); 5598 #endif 5599 ++row; 5600 ++screen_row; 5601 5602 /* When not wrapping and finished diff lines, or when displayed 5603 * '$' and highlighting until last column, break here. */ 5604 if ((!wp->w_p_wrap 5605 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 5606 && filler_todo <= 0 5607 #endif 5608 ) || lcs_eol_one == -1) 5609 break; 5610 5611 /* When the window is too narrow draw all "@" lines. */ 5612 if (draw_state != WL_LINE 5613 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 5614 && filler_todo <= 0 5615 #endif 5616 ) 5617 { 5618 win_draw_end(wp, '@', ' ', row, wp->w_height, HLF_AT); 5619 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT 5620 draw_vsep_win(wp, row); 5621 #endif 5622 row = endrow; 5623 } 5624 5625 /* When line got too long for screen break here. */ 5626 if (row == endrow) 5627 { 5628 ++row; 5629 break; 5630 } 5631 5632 if (screen_cur_row == screen_row - 1 5633 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 5634 && filler_todo <= 0 5635 #endif 5636 && W_WIDTH(wp) == Columns) 5637 { 5638 /* Remember that the line wraps, used for modeless copy. */ 5639 LineWraps[screen_row - 1] = TRUE; 5640 5641 /* 5642 * Special trick to make copy/paste of wrapped lines work with 5643 * xterm/screen: write an extra character beyond the end of 5644 * the line. This will work with all terminal types 5645 * (regardless of the xn,am settings). 5646 * Only do this on a fast tty. 5647 * Only do this if the cursor is on the current line 5648 * (something has been written in it). 5649 * Don't do this for the GUI. 5650 * Don't do this for double-width characters. 5651 * Don't do this for a window not at the right screen border. 5652 */ 5653 if (p_tf 5654 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 5655 && !gui.in_use 5656 #endif 5657 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 5658 && !(has_mbyte 5659 && ((*mb_off2cells)(LineOffset[screen_row], 5660 LineOffset[screen_row] + screen_Columns) 5661 == 2 5662 || (*mb_off2cells)(LineOffset[screen_row - 1] 5663 + (int)Columns - 2, 5664 LineOffset[screen_row] + screen_Columns) 5665 == 2)) 5666 #endif 5667 ) 5668 { 5669 /* First make sure we are at the end of the screen line, 5670 * then output the same character again to let the 5671 * terminal know about the wrap. If the terminal doesn't 5672 * auto-wrap, we overwrite the character. */ 5673 if (screen_cur_col != W_WIDTH(wp)) 5674 screen_char(LineOffset[screen_row - 1] 5675 + (unsigned)Columns - 1, 5676 screen_row - 1, (int)(Columns - 1)); 5677 5678 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 5679 /* When there is a multi-byte character, just output a 5680 * space to keep it simple. */ 5681 if (has_mbyte && MB_BYTE2LEN(ScreenLines[LineOffset[ 5682 screen_row - 1] + (Columns - 1)]) > 1) 5683 out_char(' '); 5684 else 5685 #endif 5686 out_char(ScreenLines[LineOffset[screen_row - 1] 5687 + (Columns - 1)]); 5688 /* force a redraw of the first char on the next line */ 5689 ScreenAttrs[LineOffset[screen_row]] = (sattr_T)-1; 5690 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */ 5691 } 5692 } 5693 5694 col = 0; 5695 off = (unsigned)(current_ScreenLine - ScreenLines); 5696 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 5697 if (wp->w_p_rl) 5698 { 5699 col = W_WIDTH(wp) - 1; /* col is not used if breaking! */ 5700 off += col; 5701 } 5702 #endif 5703 5704 /* reset the drawing state for the start of a wrapped line */ 5705 draw_state = WL_START; 5706 saved_n_extra = n_extra; 5707 saved_p_extra = p_extra; 5708 saved_c_extra = c_extra; 5709 saved_char_attr = char_attr; 5710 n_extra = 0; 5711 lcs_prec_todo = lcs_prec; 5712 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK 5713 # ifdef FEAT_DIFF 5714 if (filler_todo <= 0) 5715 # endif 5716 need_showbreak = TRUE; 5717 #endif 5718 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 5719 --filler_todo; 5720 /* When the filler lines are actually below the last line of the 5721 * file, don't draw the line itself, break here. */ 5722 if (filler_todo == 0 && wp->w_botfill) 5723 break; 5724 #endif 5725 } 5726 5727 } /* for every character in the line */ 5728 5729 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL 5730 /* After an empty line check first word for capital. */ 5731 if (*skipwhite(line) == NUL) 5732 { 5733 capcol_lnum = lnum + 1; 5734 cap_col = 0; 5735 } 5736 #endif 5737 5738 return row; 5739 } 5740 5741 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 5742 static int comp_char_differs __ARGS((int, int)); 5743 5744 /* 5745 * Return if the composing characters at "off_from" and "off_to" differ. 5746 * Only to be used when ScreenLinesUC[off_from] != 0. 5747 */ 5748 static int 5749 comp_char_differs(off_from, off_to) 5750 int off_from; 5751 int off_to; 5752 { 5753 int i; 5754 5755 for (i = 0; i < Screen_mco; ++i) 5756 { 5757 if (ScreenLinesC[i][off_from] != ScreenLinesC[i][off_to]) 5758 return TRUE; 5759 if (ScreenLinesC[i][off_from] == 0) 5760 break; 5761 } 5762 return FALSE; 5763 } 5764 #endif 5765 5766 /* 5767 * Check whether the given character needs redrawing: 5768 * - the (first byte of the) character is different 5769 * - the attributes are different 5770 * - the character is multi-byte and the next byte is different 5771 * - the character is two cells wide and the second cell differs. 5772 */ 5773 static int 5774 char_needs_redraw(off_from, off_to, cols) 5775 int off_from; 5776 int off_to; 5777 int cols; 5778 { 5779 if (cols > 0 5780 && ((ScreenLines[off_from] != ScreenLines[off_to] 5781 || ScreenAttrs[off_from] != ScreenAttrs[off_to]) 5782 5783 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 5784 || (enc_dbcs != 0 5785 && MB_BYTE2LEN(ScreenLines[off_from]) > 1 5786 && (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU && ScreenLines[off_from] == 0x8e 5787 ? ScreenLines2[off_from] != ScreenLines2[off_to] 5788 : (cols > 1 && ScreenLines[off_from + 1] 5789 != ScreenLines[off_to + 1]))) 5790 || (enc_utf8 5791 && (ScreenLinesUC[off_from] != ScreenLinesUC[off_to] 5792 || (ScreenLinesUC[off_from] != 0 5793 && comp_char_differs(off_from, off_to)) 5794 || ((*mb_off2cells)(off_from, off_from + cols) > 1 5795 && ScreenLines[off_from + 1] 5796 != ScreenLines[off_to + 1]))) 5797 #endif 5798 )) 5799 return TRUE; 5800 return FALSE; 5801 } 5802 5803 /* 5804 * Move one "cooked" screen line to the screen, but only the characters that 5805 * have actually changed. Handle insert/delete character. 5806 * "coloff" gives the first column on the screen for this line. 5807 * "endcol" gives the columns where valid characters are. 5808 * "clear_width" is the width of the window. It's > 0 if the rest of the line 5809 * needs to be cleared, negative otherwise. 5810 * "rlflag" is TRUE in a rightleft window: 5811 * When TRUE and "clear_width" > 0, clear columns 0 to "endcol" 5812 * When FALSE and "clear_width" > 0, clear columns "endcol" to "clear_width" 5813 */ 5814 static void 5815 screen_line(row, coloff, endcol, clear_width 5816 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 5817 , rlflag 5818 #endif 5819 ) 5820 int row; 5821 int coloff; 5822 int endcol; 5823 int clear_width; 5824 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 5825 int rlflag; 5826 #endif 5827 { 5828 unsigned off_from; 5829 unsigned off_to; 5830 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 5831 unsigned max_off_from; 5832 unsigned max_off_to; 5833 #endif 5834 int col = 0; 5835 #if defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(UNIX) || defined(FEAT_VERTSPLIT) 5836 int hl; 5837 #endif 5838 int force = FALSE; /* force update rest of the line */ 5839 int redraw_this /* bool: does character need redraw? */ 5840 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 5841 = TRUE /* For GUI when while-loop empty */ 5842 #endif 5843 ; 5844 int redraw_next; /* redraw_this for next character */ 5845 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 5846 int clear_next = FALSE; 5847 int char_cells; /* 1: normal char */ 5848 /* 2: occupies two display cells */ 5849 # define CHAR_CELLS char_cells 5850 #else 5851 # define CHAR_CELLS 1 5852 #endif 5853 5854 /* Check for illegal row and col, just in case. */ 5855 if (row >= Rows) 5856 row = Rows - 1; 5857 if (endcol > Columns) 5858 endcol = Columns; 5859 5860 # ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD 5861 clip_may_clear_selection(row, row); 5862 # endif 5863 5864 off_from = (unsigned)(current_ScreenLine - ScreenLines); 5865 off_to = LineOffset[row] + coloff; 5866 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 5867 max_off_from = off_from + screen_Columns; 5868 max_off_to = LineOffset[row] + screen_Columns; 5869 #endif 5870 5871 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 5872 if (rlflag) 5873 { 5874 /* Clear rest first, because it's left of the text. */ 5875 if (clear_width > 0) 5876 { 5877 while (col <= endcol && ScreenLines[off_to] == ' ' 5878 && ScreenAttrs[off_to] == 0 5879 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 5880 && (!enc_utf8 || ScreenLinesUC[off_to] == 0) 5881 # endif 5882 ) 5883 { 5884 ++off_to; 5885 ++col; 5886 } 5887 if (col <= endcol) 5888 screen_fill(row, row + 1, col + coloff, 5889 endcol + coloff + 1, ' ', ' ', 0); 5890 } 5891 col = endcol + 1; 5892 off_to = LineOffset[row] + col + coloff; 5893 off_from += col; 5894 endcol = (clear_width > 0 ? clear_width : -clear_width); 5895 } 5896 #endif /* FEAT_RIGHTLEFT */ 5897 5898 redraw_next = char_needs_redraw(off_from, off_to, endcol - col); 5899 5900 while (col < endcol) 5901 { 5902 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 5903 if (has_mbyte && (col + 1 < endcol)) 5904 char_cells = (*mb_off2cells)(off_from, max_off_from); 5905 else 5906 char_cells = 1; 5907 #endif 5908 5909 redraw_this = redraw_next; 5910 redraw_next = force || char_needs_redraw(off_from + CHAR_CELLS, 5911 off_to + CHAR_CELLS, endcol - col - CHAR_CELLS); 5912 5913 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 5914 /* If the next character was bold, then redraw the current character to 5915 * remove any pixels that might have spilt over into us. This only 5916 * happens in the GUI. 5917 */ 5918 if (redraw_next && gui.in_use) 5919 { 5920 hl = ScreenAttrs[off_to + CHAR_CELLS]; 5921 if (hl > HL_ALL) 5922 hl = syn_attr2attr(hl); 5923 if (hl & HL_BOLD) 5924 redraw_this = TRUE; 5925 } 5926 #endif 5927 5928 if (redraw_this) 5929 { 5930 /* 5931 * Special handling when 'xs' termcap flag set (hpterm): 5932 * Attributes for characters are stored at the position where the 5933 * cursor is when writing the highlighting code. The 5934 * start-highlighting code must be written with the cursor on the 5935 * first highlighted character. The stop-highlighting code must 5936 * be written with the cursor just after the last highlighted 5937 * character. 5938 * Overwriting a character doesn't remove it's highlighting. Need 5939 * to clear the rest of the line, and force redrawing it 5940 * completely. 5941 */ 5942 if ( p_wiv 5943 && !force 5944 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 5945 && !gui.in_use 5946 #endif 5947 && ScreenAttrs[off_to] != 0 5948 && ScreenAttrs[off_from] != ScreenAttrs[off_to]) 5949 { 5950 /* 5951 * Need to remove highlighting attributes here. 5952 */ 5953 windgoto(row, col + coloff); 5954 out_str(T_CE); /* clear rest of this screen line */ 5955 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */ 5956 force = TRUE; /* force redraw of rest of the line */ 5957 redraw_next = TRUE; /* or else next char would miss out */ 5958 5959 /* 5960 * If the previous character was highlighted, need to stop 5961 * highlighting at this character. 5962 */ 5963 if (col + coloff > 0 && ScreenAttrs[off_to - 1] != 0) 5964 { 5965 screen_attr = ScreenAttrs[off_to - 1]; 5966 term_windgoto(row, col + coloff); 5967 screen_stop_highlight(); 5968 } 5969 else 5970 screen_attr = 0; /* highlighting has stopped */ 5971 } 5972 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 5973 if (enc_dbcs != 0) 5974 { 5975 /* Check if overwriting a double-byte with a single-byte or 5976 * the other way around requires another character to be 5977 * redrawn. For UTF-8 this isn't needed, because comparing 5978 * ScreenLinesUC[] is sufficient. */ 5979 if (char_cells == 1 5980 && col + 1 < endcol 5981 && (*mb_off2cells)(off_to, max_off_to) > 1) 5982 { 5983 /* Writing a single-cell character over a double-cell 5984 * character: need to redraw the next cell. */ 5985 ScreenLines[off_to + 1] = 0; 5986 redraw_next = TRUE; 5987 } 5988 else if (char_cells == 2 5989 && col + 2 < endcol 5990 && (*mb_off2cells)(off_to, max_off_to) == 1 5991 && (*mb_off2cells)(off_to + 1, max_off_to) > 1) 5992 { 5993 /* Writing the second half of a double-cell character over 5994 * a double-cell character: need to redraw the second 5995 * cell. */ 5996 ScreenLines[off_to + 2] = 0; 5997 redraw_next = TRUE; 5998 } 5999 6000 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU) 6001 ScreenLines2[off_to] = ScreenLines2[off_from]; 6002 } 6003 /* When writing a single-width character over a double-width 6004 * character and at the end of the redrawn text, need to clear out 6005 * the right halve of the old character. 6006 * Also required when writing the right halve of a double-width 6007 * char over the left halve of an existing one. */ 6008 if (has_mbyte && col + char_cells == endcol 6009 && ((char_cells == 1 6010 && (*mb_off2cells)(off_to, max_off_to) > 1) 6011 || (char_cells == 2 6012 && (*mb_off2cells)(off_to, max_off_to) == 1 6013 && (*mb_off2cells)(off_to + 1, max_off_to) > 1))) 6014 clear_next = TRUE; 6015 #endif 6016 6017 ScreenLines[off_to] = ScreenLines[off_from]; 6018 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 6019 if (enc_utf8) 6020 { 6021 ScreenLinesUC[off_to] = ScreenLinesUC[off_from]; 6022 if (ScreenLinesUC[off_from] != 0) 6023 { 6024 int i; 6025 6026 for (i = 0; i < Screen_mco; ++i) 6027 ScreenLinesC[i][off_to] = ScreenLinesC[i][off_from]; 6028 } 6029 } 6030 if (char_cells == 2) 6031 ScreenLines[off_to + 1] = ScreenLines[off_from + 1]; 6032 #endif 6033 6034 #if defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(UNIX) 6035 /* The bold trick makes a single column of pixels appear in the 6036 * next character. When a bold character is removed, the next 6037 * character should be redrawn too. This happens for our own GUI 6038 * and for some xterms. */ 6039 if ( 6040 # ifdef FEAT_GUI 6041 gui.in_use 6042 # endif 6043 # if defined(FEAT_GUI) && defined(UNIX) 6044 || 6045 # endif 6046 # ifdef UNIX 6047 term_is_xterm 6048 # endif 6049 ) 6050 { 6051 hl = ScreenAttrs[off_to]; 6052 if (hl > HL_ALL) 6053 hl = syn_attr2attr(hl); 6054 if (hl & HL_BOLD) 6055 redraw_next = TRUE; 6056 } 6057 #endif 6058 ScreenAttrs[off_to] = ScreenAttrs[off_from]; 6059 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 6060 /* For simplicity set the attributes of second half of a 6061 * double-wide character equal to the first half. */ 6062 if (char_cells == 2) 6063 ScreenAttrs[off_to + 1] = ScreenAttrs[off_from]; 6064 6065 if (enc_dbcs != 0 && char_cells == 2) 6066 screen_char_2(off_to, row, col + coloff); 6067 else 6068 #endif 6069 screen_char(off_to, row, col + coloff); 6070 } 6071 else if ( p_wiv 6072 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 6073 && !gui.in_use 6074 #endif 6075 && col + coloff > 0) 6076 { 6077 if (ScreenAttrs[off_to] == ScreenAttrs[off_to - 1]) 6078 { 6079 /* 6080 * Don't output stop-highlight when moving the cursor, it will 6081 * stop the highlighting when it should continue. 6082 */ 6083 screen_attr = 0; 6084 } 6085 else if (screen_attr != 0) 6086 screen_stop_highlight(); 6087 } 6088 6089 off_to += CHAR_CELLS; 6090 off_from += CHAR_CELLS; 6091 col += CHAR_CELLS; 6092 } 6093 6094 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 6095 if (clear_next) 6096 { 6097 /* Clear the second half of a double-wide character of which the left 6098 * half was overwritten with a single-wide character. */ 6099 ScreenLines[off_to] = ' '; 6100 if (enc_utf8) 6101 ScreenLinesUC[off_to] = 0; 6102 screen_char(off_to, row, col + coloff); 6103 } 6104 #endif 6105 6106 if (clear_width > 0 6107 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 6108 && !rlflag 6109 #endif 6110 ) 6111 { 6112 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 6113 int startCol = col; 6114 #endif 6115 6116 /* blank out the rest of the line */ 6117 while (col < clear_width && ScreenLines[off_to] == ' ' 6118 && ScreenAttrs[off_to] == 0 6119 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 6120 && (!enc_utf8 || ScreenLinesUC[off_to] == 0) 6121 #endif 6122 ) 6123 { 6124 ++off_to; 6125 ++col; 6126 } 6127 if (col < clear_width) 6128 { 6129 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 6130 /* 6131 * In the GUI, clearing the rest of the line may leave pixels 6132 * behind if the first character cleared was bold. Some bold 6133 * fonts spill over the left. In this case we redraw the previous 6134 * character too. If we didn't skip any blanks above, then we 6135 * only redraw if the character wasn't already redrawn anyway. 6136 */ 6137 if (gui.in_use && (col > startCol || !redraw_this)) 6138 { 6139 hl = ScreenAttrs[off_to]; 6140 if (hl > HL_ALL || (hl & HL_BOLD)) 6141 { 6142 int prev_cells = 1; 6143 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 6144 if (enc_utf8) 6145 /* for utf-8, ScreenLines[char_offset + 1] == 0 means 6146 * that its width is 2. */ 6147 prev_cells = ScreenLines[off_to - 1] == 0 ? 2 : 1; 6148 else if (enc_dbcs != 0) 6149 { 6150 /* find previous character by counting from first 6151 * column and get its width. */ 6152 unsigned off = LineOffset[row]; 6153 unsigned max_off = LineOffset[row] + screen_Columns; 6154 6155 while (off < off_to) 6156 { 6157 prev_cells = (*mb_off2cells)(off, max_off); 6158 off += prev_cells; 6159 } 6160 } 6161 6162 if (enc_dbcs != 0 && prev_cells > 1) 6163 screen_char_2(off_to - prev_cells, row, 6164 col + coloff - prev_cells); 6165 else 6166 # endif 6167 screen_char(off_to - prev_cells, row, 6168 col + coloff - prev_cells); 6169 } 6170 } 6171 #endif 6172 screen_fill(row, row + 1, col + coloff, clear_width + coloff, 6173 ' ', ' ', 0); 6174 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT 6175 off_to += clear_width - col; 6176 col = clear_width; 6177 #endif 6178 } 6179 } 6180 6181 if (clear_width > 0) 6182 { 6183 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT 6184 /* For a window that's left of another, draw the separator char. */ 6185 if (col + coloff < Columns) 6186 { 6187 int c; 6188 6189 c = fillchar_vsep(&hl); 6190 if (ScreenLines[off_to] != (schar_T)c 6191 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 6192 || (enc_utf8 && (int)ScreenLinesUC[off_to] 6193 != (c >= 0x80 ? c : 0)) 6194 # endif 6195 || ScreenAttrs[off_to] != hl) 6196 { 6197 ScreenLines[off_to] = c; 6198 ScreenAttrs[off_to] = hl; 6199 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 6200 if (enc_utf8) 6201 { 6202 if (c >= 0x80) 6203 { 6204 ScreenLinesUC[off_to] = c; 6205 ScreenLinesC[0][off_to] = 0; 6206 } 6207 else 6208 ScreenLinesUC[off_to] = 0; 6209 } 6210 # endif 6211 screen_char(off_to, row, col + coloff); 6212 } 6213 } 6214 else 6215 #endif 6216 LineWraps[row] = FALSE; 6217 } 6218 } 6219 6220 #if defined(FEAT_RIGHTLEFT) || defined(PROTO) 6221 /* 6222 * Mirror text "str" for right-left displaying. 6223 * Only works for single-byte characters (e.g., numbers). 6224 */ 6225 void 6226 rl_mirror(str) 6227 char_u *str; 6228 { 6229 char_u *p1, *p2; 6230 int t; 6231 6232 for (p1 = str, p2 = str + STRLEN(str) - 1; p1 < p2; ++p1, --p2) 6233 { 6234 t = *p1; 6235 *p1 = *p2; 6236 *p2 = t; 6237 } 6238 } 6239 #endif 6240 6241 #if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) || defined(PROTO) 6242 /* 6243 * mark all status lines for redraw; used after first :cd 6244 */ 6245 void 6246 status_redraw_all() 6247 { 6248 win_T *wp; 6249 6250 for (wp = firstwin; wp; wp = wp->w_next) 6251 if (wp->w_status_height) 6252 { 6253 wp->w_redr_status = TRUE; 6254 redraw_later(VALID); 6255 } 6256 } 6257 6258 /* 6259 * mark all status lines of the current buffer for redraw 6260 */ 6261 void 6262 status_redraw_curbuf() 6263 { 6264 win_T *wp; 6265 6266 for (wp = firstwin; wp; wp = wp->w_next) 6267 if (wp->w_status_height != 0 && wp->w_buffer == curbuf) 6268 { 6269 wp->w_redr_status = TRUE; 6270 redraw_later(VALID); 6271 } 6272 } 6273 6274 /* 6275 * Redraw all status lines that need to be redrawn. 6276 */ 6277 void 6278 redraw_statuslines() 6279 { 6280 win_T *wp; 6281 6282 for (wp = firstwin; wp; wp = wp->w_next) 6283 if (wp->w_redr_status) 6284 win_redr_status(wp); 6285 if (redraw_tabline) 6286 draw_tabline(); 6287 } 6288 #endif 6289 6290 #if (defined(FEAT_WILDMENU) && defined(FEAT_VERTSPLIT)) || defined(PROTO) 6291 /* 6292 * Redraw all status lines at the bottom of frame "frp". 6293 */ 6294 void 6295 win_redraw_last_status(frp) 6296 frame_T *frp; 6297 { 6298 if (frp->fr_layout == FR_LEAF) 6299 frp->fr_win->w_redr_status = TRUE; 6300 else if (frp->fr_layout == FR_ROW) 6301 { 6302 for (frp = frp->fr_child; frp != NULL; frp = frp->fr_next) 6303 win_redraw_last_status(frp); 6304 } 6305 else /* frp->fr_layout == FR_COL */ 6306 { 6307 frp = frp->fr_child; 6308 while (frp->fr_next != NULL) 6309 frp = frp->fr_next; 6310 win_redraw_last_status(frp); 6311 } 6312 } 6313 #endif 6314 6315 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT 6316 /* 6317 * Draw the verticap separator right of window "wp" starting with line "row". 6318 */ 6319 static void 6320 draw_vsep_win(wp, row) 6321 win_T *wp; 6322 int row; 6323 { 6324 int hl; 6325 int c; 6326 6327 if (wp->w_vsep_width) 6328 { 6329 /* draw the vertical separator right of this window */ 6330 c = fillchar_vsep(&hl); 6331 screen_fill(W_WINROW(wp) + row, W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height, 6332 W_ENDCOL(wp), W_ENDCOL(wp) + 1, 6333 c, ' ', hl); 6334 } 6335 } 6336 #endif 6337 6338 #ifdef FEAT_WILDMENU 6339 static int status_match_len __ARGS((expand_T *xp, char_u *s)); 6340 static int skip_status_match_char __ARGS((expand_T *xp, char_u *s)); 6341 6342 /* 6343 * Get the length of an item as it will be shown in the status line. 6344 */ 6345 static int 6346 status_match_len(xp, s) 6347 expand_T *xp; 6348 char_u *s; 6349 { 6350 int len = 0; 6351 6352 #ifdef FEAT_MENU 6353 int emenu = (xp->xp_context == EXPAND_MENUS 6354 || xp->xp_context == EXPAND_MENUNAMES); 6355 6356 /* Check for menu separators - replace with '|'. */ 6357 if (emenu && menu_is_separator(s)) 6358 return 1; 6359 #endif 6360 6361 while (*s != NUL) 6362 { 6363 s += skip_status_match_char(xp, s); 6364 len += ptr2cells(s); 6365 mb_ptr_adv(s); 6366 } 6367 6368 return len; 6369 } 6370 6371 /* 6372 * Return the number of characters that should be skipped in a status match. 6373 * These are backslashes used for escaping. Do show backslashes in help tags. 6374 */ 6375 static int 6376 skip_status_match_char(xp, s) 6377 expand_T *xp; 6378 char_u *s; 6379 { 6380 if ((rem_backslash(s) && xp->xp_context != EXPAND_HELP) 6381 #ifdef FEAT_MENU 6382 || ((xp->xp_context == EXPAND_MENUS 6383 || xp->xp_context == EXPAND_MENUNAMES) 6384 && (s[0] == '\t' || (s[0] == '\\' && s[1] != NUL))) 6385 #endif 6386 ) 6387 { 6388 #ifndef BACKSLASH_IN_FILENAME 6389 if (xp->xp_shell && csh_like_shell() && s[1] == '\\' && s[2] == '!') 6390 return 2; 6391 #endif 6392 return 1; 6393 } 6394 return 0; 6395 } 6396 6397 /* 6398 * Show wildchar matches in the status line. 6399 * Show at least the "match" item. 6400 * We start at item 'first_match' in the list and show all matches that fit. 6401 * 6402 * If inversion is possible we use it. Else '=' characters are used. 6403 */ 6404 void 6405 win_redr_status_matches(xp, num_matches, matches, match, showtail) 6406 expand_T *xp; 6407 int num_matches; 6408 char_u **matches; /* list of matches */ 6409 int match; 6410 int showtail; 6411 { 6412 #define L_MATCH(m) (showtail ? sm_gettail(matches[m]) : matches[m]) 6413 int row; 6414 char_u *buf; 6415 int len; 6416 int clen; /* length in screen cells */ 6417 int fillchar; 6418 int attr; 6419 int i; 6420 int highlight = TRUE; 6421 char_u *selstart = NULL; 6422 int selstart_col = 0; 6423 char_u *selend = NULL; 6424 static int first_match = 0; 6425 int add_left = FALSE; 6426 char_u *s; 6427 #ifdef FEAT_MENU 6428 int emenu; 6429 #endif 6430 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) || defined(FEAT_MENU) 6431 int l; 6432 #endif 6433 6434 if (matches == NULL) /* interrupted completion? */ 6435 return; 6436 6437 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 6438 if (has_mbyte) 6439 buf = alloc((unsigned)Columns * MB_MAXBYTES + 1); 6440 else 6441 #endif 6442 buf = alloc((unsigned)Columns + 1); 6443 if (buf == NULL) 6444 return; 6445 6446 if (match == -1) /* don't show match but original text */ 6447 { 6448 match = 0; 6449 highlight = FALSE; 6450 } 6451 /* count 1 for the ending ">" */ 6452 clen = status_match_len(xp, L_MATCH(match)) + 3; 6453 if (match == 0) 6454 first_match = 0; 6455 else if (match < first_match) 6456 { 6457 /* jumping left, as far as we can go */ 6458 first_match = match; 6459 add_left = TRUE; 6460 } 6461 else 6462 { 6463 /* check if match fits on the screen */ 6464 for (i = first_match; i < match; ++i) 6465 clen += status_match_len(xp, L_MATCH(i)) + 2; 6466 if (first_match > 0) 6467 clen += 2; 6468 /* jumping right, put match at the left */ 6469 if ((long)clen > Columns) 6470 { 6471 first_match = match; 6472 /* if showing the last match, we can add some on the left */ 6473 clen = 2; 6474 for (i = match; i < num_matches; ++i) 6475 { 6476 clen += status_match_len(xp, L_MATCH(i)) + 2; 6477 if ((long)clen >= Columns) 6478 break; 6479 } 6480 if (i == num_matches) 6481 add_left = TRUE; 6482 } 6483 } 6484 if (add_left) 6485 while (first_match > 0) 6486 { 6487 clen += status_match_len(xp, L_MATCH(first_match - 1)) + 2; 6488 if ((long)clen >= Columns) 6489 break; 6490 --first_match; 6491 } 6492 6493 fillchar = fillchar_status(&attr, TRUE); 6494 6495 if (first_match == 0) 6496 { 6497 *buf = NUL; 6498 len = 0; 6499 } 6500 else 6501 { 6502 STRCPY(buf, "< "); 6503 len = 2; 6504 } 6505 clen = len; 6506 6507 i = first_match; 6508 while ((long)(clen + status_match_len(xp, L_MATCH(i)) + 2) < Columns) 6509 { 6510 if (i == match) 6511 { 6512 selstart = buf + len; 6513 selstart_col = clen; 6514 } 6515 6516 s = L_MATCH(i); 6517 /* Check for menu separators - replace with '|' */ 6518 #ifdef FEAT_MENU 6519 emenu = (xp->xp_context == EXPAND_MENUS 6520 || xp->xp_context == EXPAND_MENUNAMES); 6521 if (emenu && menu_is_separator(s)) 6522 { 6523 STRCPY(buf + len, transchar('|')); 6524 l = (int)STRLEN(buf + len); 6525 len += l; 6526 clen += l; 6527 } 6528 else 6529 #endif 6530 for ( ; *s != NUL; ++s) 6531 { 6532 s += skip_status_match_char(xp, s); 6533 clen += ptr2cells(s); 6534 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 6535 if (has_mbyte && (l = (*mb_ptr2len)(s)) > 1) 6536 { 6537 STRNCPY(buf + len, s, l); 6538 s += l - 1; 6539 len += l; 6540 } 6541 else 6542 #endif 6543 { 6544 STRCPY(buf + len, transchar_byte(*s)); 6545 len += (int)STRLEN(buf + len); 6546 } 6547 } 6548 if (i == match) 6549 selend = buf + len; 6550 6551 *(buf + len++) = ' '; 6552 *(buf + len++) = ' '; 6553 clen += 2; 6554 if (++i == num_matches) 6555 break; 6556 } 6557 6558 if (i != num_matches) 6559 { 6560 *(buf + len++) = '>'; 6561 ++clen; 6562 } 6563 6564 buf[len] = NUL; 6565 6566 row = cmdline_row - 1; 6567 if (row >= 0) 6568 { 6569 if (wild_menu_showing == 0) 6570 { 6571 if (msg_scrolled > 0) 6572 { 6573 /* Put the wildmenu just above the command line. If there is 6574 * no room, scroll the screen one line up. */ 6575 if (cmdline_row == Rows - 1) 6576 { 6577 screen_del_lines(0, 0, 1, (int)Rows, TRUE, NULL); 6578 ++msg_scrolled; 6579 } 6580 else 6581 { 6582 ++cmdline_row; 6583 ++row; 6584 } 6585 wild_menu_showing = WM_SCROLLED; 6586 } 6587 else 6588 { 6589 /* Create status line if needed by setting 'laststatus' to 2. 6590 * Set 'winminheight' to zero to avoid that the window is 6591 * resized. */ 6592 if (lastwin->w_status_height == 0) 6593 { 6594 save_p_ls = p_ls; 6595 save_p_wmh = p_wmh; 6596 p_ls = 2; 6597 p_wmh = 0; 6598 last_status(FALSE); 6599 } 6600 wild_menu_showing = WM_SHOWN; 6601 } 6602 } 6603 6604 screen_puts(buf, row, 0, attr); 6605 if (selstart != NULL && highlight) 6606 { 6607 *selend = NUL; 6608 screen_puts(selstart, row, selstart_col, hl_attr(HLF_WM)); 6609 } 6610 6611 screen_fill(row, row + 1, clen, (int)Columns, fillchar, fillchar, attr); 6612 } 6613 6614 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT 6615 win_redraw_last_status(topframe); 6616 #else 6617 lastwin->w_redr_status = TRUE; 6618 #endif 6619 vim_free(buf); 6620 } 6621 #endif 6622 6623 #if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) || defined(PROTO) 6624 /* 6625 * Redraw the status line of window wp. 6626 * 6627 * If inversion is possible we use it. Else '=' characters are used. 6628 */ 6629 void 6630 win_redr_status(wp) 6631 win_T *wp; 6632 { 6633 int row; 6634 char_u *p; 6635 int len; 6636 int fillchar; 6637 int attr; 6638 int this_ru_col; 6639 static int busy = FALSE; 6640 6641 /* It's possible to get here recursively when 'statusline' (indirectly) 6642 * invokes ":redrawstatus". Simply ignore the call then. */ 6643 if (busy) 6644 return; 6645 busy = TRUE; 6646 6647 wp->w_redr_status = FALSE; 6648 if (wp->w_status_height == 0) 6649 { 6650 /* no status line, can only be last window */ 6651 redraw_cmdline = TRUE; 6652 } 6653 else if (!redrawing() 6654 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND 6655 /* don't update status line when popup menu is visible and may be 6656 * drawn over it */ 6657 || pum_visible() 6658 #endif 6659 ) 6660 { 6661 /* Don't redraw right now, do it later. */ 6662 wp->w_redr_status = TRUE; 6663 } 6664 #ifdef FEAT_STL_OPT 6665 else if (*p_stl != NUL || *wp->w_p_stl != NUL) 6666 { 6667 /* redraw custom status line */ 6668 redraw_custom_statusline(wp); 6669 } 6670 #endif 6671 else 6672 { 6673 fillchar = fillchar_status(&attr, wp == curwin); 6674 6675 get_trans_bufname(wp->w_buffer); 6676 p = NameBuff; 6677 len = (int)STRLEN(p); 6678 6679 if (wp->w_buffer->b_help 6680 #ifdef FEAT_QUICKFIX 6681 || wp->w_p_pvw 6682 #endif 6683 || bufIsChanged(wp->w_buffer) 6684 || wp->w_buffer->b_p_ro) 6685 *(p + len++) = ' '; 6686 if (wp->w_buffer->b_help) 6687 { 6688 STRCPY(p + len, _("[Help]")); 6689 len += (int)STRLEN(p + len); 6690 } 6691 #ifdef FEAT_QUICKFIX 6692 if (wp->w_p_pvw) 6693 { 6694 STRCPY(p + len, _("[Preview]")); 6695 len += (int)STRLEN(p + len); 6696 } 6697 #endif 6698 if (bufIsChanged(wp->w_buffer)) 6699 { 6700 STRCPY(p + len, "[+]"); 6701 len += 3; 6702 } 6703 if (wp->w_buffer->b_p_ro) 6704 { 6705 STRCPY(p + len, _("[RO]")); 6706 len += 4; 6707 } 6708 6709 #ifndef FEAT_VERTSPLIT 6710 this_ru_col = ru_col; 6711 if (this_ru_col < (Columns + 1) / 2) 6712 this_ru_col = (Columns + 1) / 2; 6713 #else 6714 this_ru_col = ru_col - (Columns - W_WIDTH(wp)); 6715 if (this_ru_col < (W_WIDTH(wp) + 1) / 2) 6716 this_ru_col = (W_WIDTH(wp) + 1) / 2; 6717 if (this_ru_col <= 1) 6718 { 6719 p = (char_u *)"<"; /* No room for file name! */ 6720 len = 1; 6721 } 6722 else 6723 #endif 6724 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 6725 if (has_mbyte) 6726 { 6727 int clen = 0, i; 6728 6729 /* Count total number of display cells. */ 6730 clen = mb_string2cells(p, -1); 6731 6732 /* Find first character that will fit. 6733 * Going from start to end is much faster for DBCS. */ 6734 for (i = 0; p[i] != NUL && clen >= this_ru_col - 1; 6735 i += (*mb_ptr2len)(p + i)) 6736 clen -= (*mb_ptr2cells)(p + i); 6737 len = clen; 6738 if (i > 0) 6739 { 6740 p = p + i - 1; 6741 *p = '<'; 6742 ++len; 6743 } 6744 6745 } 6746 else 6747 #endif 6748 if (len > this_ru_col - 1) 6749 { 6750 p += len - (this_ru_col - 1); 6751 *p = '<'; 6752 len = this_ru_col - 1; 6753 } 6754 6755 row = W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height; 6756 screen_puts(p, row, W_WINCOL(wp), attr); 6757 screen_fill(row, row + 1, len + W_WINCOL(wp), 6758 this_ru_col + W_WINCOL(wp), fillchar, fillchar, attr); 6759 6760 if (get_keymap_str(wp, NameBuff, MAXPATHL) 6761 && (int)(this_ru_col - len) > (int)(STRLEN(NameBuff) + 1)) 6762 screen_puts(NameBuff, row, (int)(this_ru_col - STRLEN(NameBuff) 6763 - 1 + W_WINCOL(wp)), attr); 6764 6765 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO 6766 win_redr_ruler(wp, TRUE); 6767 #endif 6768 } 6769 6770 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT 6771 /* 6772 * May need to draw the character below the vertical separator. 6773 */ 6774 if (wp->w_vsep_width != 0 && wp->w_status_height != 0 && redrawing()) 6775 { 6776 if (stl_connected(wp)) 6777 fillchar = fillchar_status(&attr, wp == curwin); 6778 else 6779 fillchar = fillchar_vsep(&attr); 6780 screen_putchar(fillchar, W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height, W_ENDCOL(wp), 6781 attr); 6782 } 6783 #endif 6784 busy = FALSE; 6785 } 6786 6787 #ifdef FEAT_STL_OPT 6788 /* 6789 * Redraw the status line according to 'statusline' and take care of any 6790 * errors encountered. 6791 */ 6792 static void 6793 redraw_custom_statusline(wp) 6794 win_T *wp; 6795 { 6796 static int entered = FALSE; 6797 int save_called_emsg = called_emsg; 6798 6799 /* When called recursively return. This can happen when the statusline 6800 * contains an expression that triggers a redraw. */ 6801 if (entered) 6802 return; 6803 entered = TRUE; 6804 6805 called_emsg = FALSE; 6806 win_redr_custom(wp, FALSE); 6807 if (called_emsg) 6808 { 6809 /* When there is an error disable the statusline, otherwise the 6810 * display is messed up with errors and a redraw triggers the problem 6811 * again and again. */ 6812 set_string_option_direct((char_u *)"statusline", -1, 6813 (char_u *)"", OPT_FREE | (*wp->w_p_stl != NUL 6814 ? OPT_LOCAL : OPT_GLOBAL), SID_ERROR); 6815 } 6816 called_emsg |= save_called_emsg; 6817 entered = FALSE; 6818 } 6819 #endif 6820 6821 # ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT 6822 /* 6823 * Return TRUE if the status line of window "wp" is connected to the status 6824 * line of the window right of it. If not, then it's a vertical separator. 6825 * Only call if (wp->w_vsep_width != 0). 6826 */ 6827 int 6828 stl_connected(wp) 6829 win_T *wp; 6830 { 6831 frame_T *fr; 6832 6833 fr = wp->w_frame; 6834 while (fr->fr_parent != NULL) 6835 { 6836 if (fr->fr_parent->fr_layout == FR_COL) 6837 { 6838 if (fr->fr_next != NULL) 6839 break; 6840 } 6841 else 6842 { 6843 if (fr->fr_next != NULL) 6844 return TRUE; 6845 } 6846 fr = fr->fr_parent; 6847 } 6848 return FALSE; 6849 } 6850 # endif 6851 6852 #endif /* FEAT_WINDOWS */ 6853 6854 #if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) || defined(FEAT_STL_OPT) || defined(PROTO) 6855 /* 6856 * Get the value to show for the language mappings, active 'keymap'. 6857 */ 6858 int 6859 get_keymap_str(wp, buf, len) 6860 win_T *wp; 6861 char_u *buf; /* buffer for the result */ 6862 int len; /* length of buffer */ 6863 { 6864 char_u *p; 6865 6866 if (wp->w_buffer->b_p_iminsert != B_IMODE_LMAP) 6867 return FALSE; 6868 6869 { 6870 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL 6871 buf_T *old_curbuf = curbuf; 6872 win_T *old_curwin = curwin; 6873 char_u *s; 6874 6875 curbuf = wp->w_buffer; 6876 curwin = wp; 6877 STRCPY(buf, "b:keymap_name"); /* must be writable */ 6878 ++emsg_skip; 6879 s = p = eval_to_string(buf, NULL, FALSE); 6880 --emsg_skip; 6881 curbuf = old_curbuf; 6882 curwin = old_curwin; 6883 if (p == NULL || *p == NUL) 6884 #endif 6885 { 6886 #ifdef FEAT_KEYMAP 6887 if (wp->w_buffer->b_kmap_state & KEYMAP_LOADED) 6888 p = wp->w_buffer->b_p_keymap; 6889 else 6890 #endif 6891 p = (char_u *)"lang"; 6892 } 6893 if ((int)(STRLEN(p) + 3) < len) 6894 sprintf((char *)buf, "<%s>", p); 6895 else 6896 buf[0] = NUL; 6897 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL 6898 vim_free(s); 6899 #endif 6900 } 6901 return buf[0] != NUL; 6902 } 6903 #endif 6904 6905 #if defined(FEAT_STL_OPT) || defined(PROTO) 6906 /* 6907 * Redraw the status line or ruler of window "wp". 6908 * When "wp" is NULL redraw the tab pages line from 'tabline'. 6909 */ 6910 static void 6911 win_redr_custom(wp, draw_ruler) 6912 win_T *wp; 6913 int draw_ruler; /* TRUE or FALSE */ 6914 { 6915 static int entered = FALSE; 6916 int attr; 6917 int curattr; 6918 int row; 6919 int col = 0; 6920 int maxwidth; 6921 int width; 6922 int n; 6923 int len; 6924 int fillchar; 6925 char_u buf[MAXPATHL]; 6926 char_u *stl; 6927 char_u *p; 6928 struct stl_hlrec hltab[STL_MAX_ITEM]; 6929 struct stl_hlrec tabtab[STL_MAX_ITEM]; 6930 int use_sandbox = FALSE; 6931 win_T *ewp; 6932 int p_crb_save; 6933 6934 /* There is a tiny chance that this gets called recursively: When 6935 * redrawing a status line triggers redrawing the ruler or tabline. 6936 * Avoid trouble by not allowing recursion. */ 6937 if (entered) 6938 return; 6939 entered = TRUE; 6940 6941 /* setup environment for the task at hand */ 6942 if (wp == NULL) 6943 { 6944 /* Use 'tabline'. Always at the first line of the screen. */ 6945 stl = p_tal; 6946 row = 0; 6947 fillchar = ' '; 6948 attr = hl_attr(HLF_TPF); 6949 maxwidth = Columns; 6950 # ifdef FEAT_EVAL 6951 use_sandbox = was_set_insecurely((char_u *)"tabline", 0); 6952 # endif 6953 } 6954 else 6955 { 6956 row = W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height; 6957 fillchar = fillchar_status(&attr, wp == curwin); 6958 maxwidth = W_WIDTH(wp); 6959 6960 if (draw_ruler) 6961 { 6962 stl = p_ruf; 6963 /* advance past any leading group spec - implicit in ru_col */ 6964 if (*stl == '%') 6965 { 6966 if (*++stl == '-') 6967 stl++; 6968 if (atoi((char *)stl)) 6969 while (VIM_ISDIGIT(*stl)) 6970 stl++; 6971 if (*stl++ != '(') 6972 stl = p_ruf; 6973 } 6974 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT 6975 col = ru_col - (Columns - W_WIDTH(wp)); 6976 if (col < (W_WIDTH(wp) + 1) / 2) 6977 col = (W_WIDTH(wp) + 1) / 2; 6978 #else 6979 col = ru_col; 6980 if (col > (Columns + 1) / 2) 6981 col = (Columns + 1) / 2; 6982 #endif 6983 maxwidth = W_WIDTH(wp) - col; 6984 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 6985 if (!wp->w_status_height) 6986 #endif 6987 { 6988 row = Rows - 1; 6989 --maxwidth; /* writing in last column may cause scrolling */ 6990 fillchar = ' '; 6991 attr = 0; 6992 } 6993 6994 # ifdef FEAT_EVAL 6995 use_sandbox = was_set_insecurely((char_u *)"rulerformat", 0); 6996 # endif 6997 } 6998 else 6999 { 7000 if (*wp->w_p_stl != NUL) 7001 stl = wp->w_p_stl; 7002 else 7003 stl = p_stl; 7004 # ifdef FEAT_EVAL 7005 use_sandbox = was_set_insecurely((char_u *)"statusline", 7006 *wp->w_p_stl == NUL ? 0 : OPT_LOCAL); 7007 # endif 7008 } 7009 7010 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT 7011 col += W_WINCOL(wp); 7012 #endif 7013 } 7014 7015 if (maxwidth <= 0) 7016 goto theend; 7017 7018 /* Temporarily reset 'cursorbind', we don't want a side effect from moving 7019 * the cursor away and back. */ 7020 ewp = wp == NULL ? curwin : wp; 7021 p_crb_save = ewp->w_p_crb; 7022 ewp->w_p_crb = FALSE; 7023 7024 /* Make a copy, because the statusline may include a function call that 7025 * might change the option value and free the memory. */ 7026 stl = vim_strsave(stl); 7027 width = build_stl_str_hl(ewp, buf, sizeof(buf), 7028 stl, use_sandbox, 7029 fillchar, maxwidth, hltab, tabtab); 7030 vim_free(stl); 7031 ewp->w_p_crb = p_crb_save; 7032 7033 /* Make all characters printable. */ 7034 p = transstr(buf); 7035 if (p != NULL) 7036 { 7037 vim_strncpy(buf, p, sizeof(buf) - 1); 7038 vim_free(p); 7039 } 7040 7041 /* fill up with "fillchar" */ 7042 len = (int)STRLEN(buf); 7043 while (width < maxwidth && len < (int)sizeof(buf) - 1) 7044 { 7045 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 7046 len += (*mb_char2bytes)(fillchar, buf + len); 7047 #else 7048 buf[len++] = fillchar; 7049 #endif 7050 ++width; 7051 } 7052 buf[len] = NUL; 7053 7054 /* 7055 * Draw each snippet with the specified highlighting. 7056 */ 7057 curattr = attr; 7058 p = buf; 7059 for (n = 0; hltab[n].start != NULL; n++) 7060 { 7061 len = (int)(hltab[n].start - p); 7062 screen_puts_len(p, len, row, col, curattr); 7063 col += vim_strnsize(p, len); 7064 p = hltab[n].start; 7065 7066 if (hltab[n].userhl == 0) 7067 curattr = attr; 7068 else if (hltab[n].userhl < 0) 7069 curattr = syn_id2attr(-hltab[n].userhl); 7070 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 7071 else if (wp != NULL && wp != curwin && wp->w_status_height != 0) 7072 curattr = highlight_stlnc[hltab[n].userhl - 1]; 7073 #endif 7074 else 7075 curattr = highlight_user[hltab[n].userhl - 1]; 7076 } 7077 screen_puts(p, row, col, curattr); 7078 7079 if (wp == NULL) 7080 { 7081 /* Fill the TabPageIdxs[] array for clicking in the tab pagesline. */ 7082 col = 0; 7083 len = 0; 7084 p = buf; 7085 fillchar = 0; 7086 for (n = 0; tabtab[n].start != NULL; n++) 7087 { 7088 len += vim_strnsize(p, (int)(tabtab[n].start - p)); 7089 while (col < len) 7090 TabPageIdxs[col++] = fillchar; 7091 p = tabtab[n].start; 7092 fillchar = tabtab[n].userhl; 7093 } 7094 while (col < Columns) 7095 TabPageIdxs[col++] = fillchar; 7096 } 7097 7098 theend: 7099 entered = FALSE; 7100 } 7101 7102 #endif /* FEAT_STL_OPT */ 7103 7104 /* 7105 * Output a single character directly to the screen and update ScreenLines. 7106 */ 7107 void 7108 screen_putchar(c, row, col, attr) 7109 int c; 7110 int row, col; 7111 int attr; 7112 { 7113 char_u buf[MB_MAXBYTES + 1]; 7114 7115 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 7116 if (has_mbyte) 7117 buf[(*mb_char2bytes)(c, buf)] = NUL; 7118 else 7119 #endif 7120 { 7121 buf[0] = c; 7122 buf[1] = NUL; 7123 } 7124 screen_puts(buf, row, col, attr); 7125 } 7126 7127 /* 7128 * Get a single character directly from ScreenLines into "bytes[]". 7129 * Also return its attribute in *attrp; 7130 */ 7131 void 7132 screen_getbytes(row, col, bytes, attrp) 7133 int row, col; 7134 char_u *bytes; 7135 int *attrp; 7136 { 7137 unsigned off; 7138 7139 /* safety check */ 7140 if (ScreenLines != NULL && row < screen_Rows && col < screen_Columns) 7141 { 7142 off = LineOffset[row] + col; 7143 *attrp = ScreenAttrs[off]; 7144 bytes[0] = ScreenLines[off]; 7145 bytes[1] = NUL; 7146 7147 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 7148 if (enc_utf8 && ScreenLinesUC[off] != 0) 7149 bytes[utfc_char2bytes(off, bytes)] = NUL; 7150 else if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU && ScreenLines[off] == 0x8e) 7151 { 7152 bytes[0] = ScreenLines[off]; 7153 bytes[1] = ScreenLines2[off]; 7154 bytes[2] = NUL; 7155 } 7156 else if (enc_dbcs && MB_BYTE2LEN(bytes[0]) > 1) 7157 { 7158 bytes[1] = ScreenLines[off + 1]; 7159 bytes[2] = NUL; 7160 } 7161 #endif 7162 } 7163 } 7164 7165 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 7166 static int screen_comp_differs __ARGS((int, int*)); 7167 7168 /* 7169 * Return TRUE if composing characters for screen posn "off" differs from 7170 * composing characters in "u8cc". 7171 * Only to be used when ScreenLinesUC[off] != 0. 7172 */ 7173 static int 7174 screen_comp_differs(off, u8cc) 7175 int off; 7176 int *u8cc; 7177 { 7178 int i; 7179 7180 for (i = 0; i < Screen_mco; ++i) 7181 { 7182 if (ScreenLinesC[i][off] != (u8char_T)u8cc[i]) 7183 return TRUE; 7184 if (u8cc[i] == 0) 7185 break; 7186 } 7187 return FALSE; 7188 } 7189 #endif 7190 7191 /* 7192 * Put string '*text' on the screen at position 'row' and 'col', with 7193 * attributes 'attr', and update ScreenLines[] and ScreenAttrs[]. 7194 * Note: only outputs within one row, message is truncated at screen boundary! 7195 * Note: if ScreenLines[], row and/or col is invalid, nothing is done. 7196 */ 7197 void 7198 screen_puts(text, row, col, attr) 7199 char_u *text; 7200 int row; 7201 int col; 7202 int attr; 7203 { 7204 screen_puts_len(text, -1, row, col, attr); 7205 } 7206 7207 /* 7208 * Like screen_puts(), but output "text[len]". When "len" is -1 output up to 7209 * a NUL. 7210 */ 7211 void 7212 screen_puts_len(text, textlen, row, col, attr) 7213 char_u *text; 7214 int textlen; 7215 int row; 7216 int col; 7217 int attr; 7218 { 7219 unsigned off; 7220 char_u *ptr = text; 7221 int len = textlen; 7222 int c; 7223 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 7224 unsigned max_off; 7225 int mbyte_blen = 1; 7226 int mbyte_cells = 1; 7227 int u8c = 0; 7228 int u8cc[MAX_MCO]; 7229 int clear_next_cell = FALSE; 7230 # ifdef FEAT_ARABIC 7231 int prev_c = 0; /* previous Arabic character */ 7232 int pc, nc, nc1; 7233 int pcc[MAX_MCO]; 7234 # endif 7235 #endif 7236 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) || defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(UNIX) 7237 int force_redraw_this; 7238 int force_redraw_next = FALSE; 7239 #endif 7240 int need_redraw; 7241 7242 if (ScreenLines == NULL || row >= screen_Rows) /* safety check */ 7243 return; 7244 off = LineOffset[row] + col; 7245 7246 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 7247 /* When drawing over the right halve of a double-wide char clear out the 7248 * left halve. Only needed in a terminal. */ 7249 if (has_mbyte && col > 0 && col < screen_Columns 7250 # ifdef FEAT_GUI 7251 && !gui.in_use 7252 # endif 7253 && mb_fix_col(col, row) != col) 7254 { 7255 ScreenLines[off - 1] = ' '; 7256 ScreenAttrs[off - 1] = 0; 7257 if (enc_utf8) 7258 { 7259 ScreenLinesUC[off - 1] = 0; 7260 ScreenLinesC[0][off - 1] = 0; 7261 } 7262 /* redraw the previous cell, make it empty */ 7263 screen_char(off - 1, row, col - 1); 7264 /* force the cell at "col" to be redrawn */ 7265 force_redraw_next = TRUE; 7266 } 7267 #endif 7268 7269 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 7270 max_off = LineOffset[row] + screen_Columns; 7271 #endif 7272 while (col < screen_Columns 7273 && (len < 0 || (int)(ptr - text) < len) 7274 && *ptr != NUL) 7275 { 7276 c = *ptr; 7277 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 7278 /* check if this is the first byte of a multibyte */ 7279 if (has_mbyte) 7280 { 7281 if (enc_utf8 && len > 0) 7282 mbyte_blen = utfc_ptr2len_len(ptr, (int)((text + len) - ptr)); 7283 else 7284 mbyte_blen = (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr); 7285 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU && c == 0x8e) 7286 mbyte_cells = 1; 7287 else if (enc_dbcs != 0) 7288 mbyte_cells = mbyte_blen; 7289 else /* enc_utf8 */ 7290 { 7291 if (len >= 0) 7292 u8c = utfc_ptr2char_len(ptr, u8cc, 7293 (int)((text + len) - ptr)); 7294 else 7295 u8c = utfc_ptr2char(ptr, u8cc); 7296 mbyte_cells = utf_char2cells(u8c); 7297 # ifdef UNICODE16 7298 /* Non-BMP character: display as ? or fullwidth ?. */ 7299 if (u8c >= 0x10000) 7300 { 7301 u8c = (mbyte_cells == 2) ? 0xff1f : (int)'?'; 7302 if (attr == 0) 7303 attr = hl_attr(HLF_8); 7304 } 7305 # endif 7306 # ifdef FEAT_ARABIC 7307 if (p_arshape && !p_tbidi && ARABIC_CHAR(u8c)) 7308 { 7309 /* Do Arabic shaping. */ 7310 if (len >= 0 && (int)(ptr - text) + mbyte_blen >= len) 7311 { 7312 /* Past end of string to be displayed. */ 7313 nc = NUL; 7314 nc1 = NUL; 7315 } 7316 else 7317 { 7318 nc = utfc_ptr2char_len(ptr + mbyte_blen, pcc, 7319 (int)((text + len) - ptr - mbyte_blen)); 7320 nc1 = pcc[0]; 7321 } 7322 pc = prev_c; 7323 prev_c = u8c; 7324 u8c = arabic_shape(u8c, &c, &u8cc[0], nc, nc1, pc); 7325 } 7326 else 7327 prev_c = u8c; 7328 # endif 7329 if (col + mbyte_cells > screen_Columns) 7330 { 7331 /* Only 1 cell left, but character requires 2 cells: 7332 * display a '>' in the last column to avoid wrapping. */ 7333 c = '>'; 7334 mbyte_cells = 1; 7335 } 7336 } 7337 } 7338 #endif 7339 7340 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) || defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(UNIX) 7341 force_redraw_this = force_redraw_next; 7342 force_redraw_next = FALSE; 7343 #endif 7344 7345 need_redraw = ScreenLines[off] != c 7346 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 7347 || (mbyte_cells == 2 7348 && ScreenLines[off + 1] != (enc_dbcs ? ptr[1] : 0)) 7349 || (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU 7350 && c == 0x8e 7351 && ScreenLines2[off] != ptr[1]) 7352 || (enc_utf8 7353 && (ScreenLinesUC[off] != 7354 (u8char_T)(c < 0x80 && u8cc[0] == 0 ? 0 : u8c) 7355 || (ScreenLinesUC[off] != 0 7356 && screen_comp_differs(off, u8cc)))) 7357 #endif 7358 || ScreenAttrs[off] != attr 7359 || exmode_active; 7360 7361 if (need_redraw 7362 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) || defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(UNIX) 7363 || force_redraw_this 7364 #endif 7365 ) 7366 { 7367 #if defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(UNIX) 7368 /* The bold trick makes a single row of pixels appear in the next 7369 * character. When a bold character is removed, the next 7370 * character should be redrawn too. This happens for our own GUI 7371 * and for some xterms. */ 7372 if (need_redraw && ScreenLines[off] != ' ' && ( 7373 # ifdef FEAT_GUI 7374 gui.in_use 7375 # endif 7376 # if defined(FEAT_GUI) && defined(UNIX) 7377 || 7378 # endif 7379 # ifdef UNIX 7380 term_is_xterm 7381 # endif 7382 )) 7383 { 7384 int n = ScreenAttrs[off]; 7385 7386 if (n > HL_ALL) 7387 n = syn_attr2attr(n); 7388 if (n & HL_BOLD) 7389 force_redraw_next = TRUE; 7390 } 7391 #endif 7392 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 7393 /* When at the end of the text and overwriting a two-cell 7394 * character with a one-cell character, need to clear the next 7395 * cell. Also when overwriting the left halve of a two-cell char 7396 * with the right halve of a two-cell char. Do this only once 7397 * (mb_off2cells() may return 2 on the right halve). */ 7398 if (clear_next_cell) 7399 clear_next_cell = FALSE; 7400 else if (has_mbyte 7401 && (len < 0 ? ptr[mbyte_blen] == NUL 7402 : ptr + mbyte_blen >= text + len) 7403 && ((mbyte_cells == 1 && (*mb_off2cells)(off, max_off) > 1) 7404 || (mbyte_cells == 2 7405 && (*mb_off2cells)(off, max_off) == 1 7406 && (*mb_off2cells)(off + 1, max_off) > 1))) 7407 clear_next_cell = TRUE; 7408 7409 /* Make sure we never leave a second byte of a double-byte behind, 7410 * it confuses mb_off2cells(). */ 7411 if (enc_dbcs 7412 && ((mbyte_cells == 1 && (*mb_off2cells)(off, max_off) > 1) 7413 || (mbyte_cells == 2 7414 && (*mb_off2cells)(off, max_off) == 1 7415 && (*mb_off2cells)(off + 1, max_off) > 1))) 7416 ScreenLines[off + mbyte_blen] = 0; 7417 #endif 7418 ScreenLines[off] = c; 7419 ScreenAttrs[off] = attr; 7420 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 7421 if (enc_utf8) 7422 { 7423 if (c < 0x80 && u8cc[0] == 0) 7424 ScreenLinesUC[off] = 0; 7425 else 7426 { 7427 int i; 7428 7429 ScreenLinesUC[off] = u8c; 7430 for (i = 0; i < Screen_mco; ++i) 7431 { 7432 ScreenLinesC[i][off] = u8cc[i]; 7433 if (u8cc[i] == 0) 7434 break; 7435 } 7436 } 7437 if (mbyte_cells == 2) 7438 { 7439 ScreenLines[off + 1] = 0; 7440 ScreenAttrs[off + 1] = attr; 7441 } 7442 screen_char(off, row, col); 7443 } 7444 else if (mbyte_cells == 2) 7445 { 7446 ScreenLines[off + 1] = ptr[1]; 7447 ScreenAttrs[off + 1] = attr; 7448 screen_char_2(off, row, col); 7449 } 7450 else if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU && c == 0x8e) 7451 { 7452 ScreenLines2[off] = ptr[1]; 7453 screen_char(off, row, col); 7454 } 7455 else 7456 #endif 7457 screen_char(off, row, col); 7458 } 7459 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 7460 if (has_mbyte) 7461 { 7462 off += mbyte_cells; 7463 col += mbyte_cells; 7464 ptr += mbyte_blen; 7465 if (clear_next_cell) 7466 { 7467 /* This only happens at the end, display one space next. */ 7468 ptr = (char_u *)" "; 7469 len = -1; 7470 } 7471 } 7472 else 7473 #endif 7474 { 7475 ++off; 7476 ++col; 7477 ++ptr; 7478 } 7479 } 7480 7481 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) || defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(UNIX) 7482 /* If we detected the next character needs to be redrawn, but the text 7483 * doesn't extend up to there, update the character here. */ 7484 if (force_redraw_next && col < screen_Columns) 7485 { 7486 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 7487 if (enc_dbcs != 0 && dbcs_off2cells(off, max_off) > 1) 7488 screen_char_2(off, row, col); 7489 else 7490 # endif 7491 screen_char(off, row, col); 7492 } 7493 #endif 7494 } 7495 7496 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA 7497 /* 7498 * Prepare for 'hlsearch' highlighting. 7499 */ 7500 static void 7501 start_search_hl() 7502 { 7503 if (p_hls && !no_hlsearch) 7504 { 7505 last_pat_prog(&search_hl.rm); 7506 search_hl.attr = hl_attr(HLF_L); 7507 # ifdef FEAT_RELTIME 7508 /* Set the time limit to 'redrawtime'. */ 7509 profile_setlimit(p_rdt, &search_hl.tm); 7510 # endif 7511 } 7512 } 7513 7514 /* 7515 * Clean up for 'hlsearch' highlighting. 7516 */ 7517 static void 7518 end_search_hl() 7519 { 7520 if (search_hl.rm.regprog != NULL) 7521 { 7522 vim_regfree(search_hl.rm.regprog); 7523 search_hl.rm.regprog = NULL; 7524 } 7525 } 7526 7527 /* 7528 * Init for calling prepare_search_hl(). 7529 */ 7530 static void 7531 init_search_hl(wp) 7532 win_T *wp; 7533 { 7534 matchitem_T *cur; 7535 7536 /* Setup for match and 'hlsearch' highlighting. Disable any previous 7537 * match */ 7538 cur = wp->w_match_head; 7539 while (cur != NULL) 7540 { 7541 cur->hl.rm = cur->match; 7542 if (cur->hlg_id == 0) 7543 cur->hl.attr = 0; 7544 else 7545 cur->hl.attr = syn_id2attr(cur->hlg_id); 7546 cur->hl.buf = wp->w_buffer; 7547 cur->hl.lnum = 0; 7548 cur->hl.first_lnum = 0; 7549 # ifdef FEAT_RELTIME 7550 /* Set the time limit to 'redrawtime'. */ 7551 profile_setlimit(p_rdt, &(cur->hl.tm)); 7552 # endif 7553 cur = cur->next; 7554 } 7555 search_hl.buf = wp->w_buffer; 7556 search_hl.lnum = 0; 7557 search_hl.first_lnum = 0; 7558 /* time limit is set at the toplevel, for all windows */ 7559 } 7560 7561 /* 7562 * Advance to the match in window "wp" line "lnum" or past it. 7563 */ 7564 static void 7565 prepare_search_hl(wp, lnum) 7566 win_T *wp; 7567 linenr_T lnum; 7568 { 7569 matchitem_T *cur; /* points to the match list */ 7570 match_T *shl; /* points to search_hl or a match */ 7571 int shl_flag; /* flag to indicate whether search_hl 7572 has been processed or not */ 7573 int pos_inprogress; /* marks that position match search is 7574 in progress */ 7575 int n; 7576 7577 /* 7578 * When using a multi-line pattern, start searching at the top 7579 * of the window or just after a closed fold. 7580 * Do this both for search_hl and the match list. 7581 */ 7582 cur = wp->w_match_head; 7583 shl_flag = FALSE; 7584 while (cur != NULL || shl_flag == FALSE) 7585 { 7586 if (shl_flag == FALSE) 7587 { 7588 shl = &search_hl; 7589 shl_flag = TRUE; 7590 } 7591 else 7592 shl = &cur->hl; 7593 if (shl->rm.regprog != NULL 7594 && shl->lnum == 0 7595 && re_multiline(shl->rm.regprog)) 7596 { 7597 if (shl->first_lnum == 0) 7598 { 7599 # ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 7600 for (shl->first_lnum = lnum; 7601 shl->first_lnum > wp->w_topline; --shl->first_lnum) 7602 if (hasFoldingWin(wp, shl->first_lnum - 1, 7603 NULL, NULL, TRUE, NULL)) 7604 break; 7605 # else 7606 shl->first_lnum = wp->w_topline; 7607 # endif 7608 } 7609 if (cur != NULL) 7610 cur->pos.cur = 0; 7611 pos_inprogress = TRUE; 7612 n = 0; 7613 while (shl->first_lnum < lnum && (shl->rm.regprog != NULL 7614 || (cur != NULL && pos_inprogress))) 7615 { 7616 next_search_hl(wp, shl, shl->first_lnum, (colnr_T)n, cur); 7617 pos_inprogress = cur == NULL || cur->pos.cur == 0 7618 ? FALSE : TRUE; 7619 if (shl->lnum != 0) 7620 { 7621 shl->first_lnum = shl->lnum 7622 + shl->rm.endpos[0].lnum 7623 - shl->rm.startpos[0].lnum; 7624 n = shl->rm.endpos[0].col; 7625 } 7626 else 7627 { 7628 ++shl->first_lnum; 7629 n = 0; 7630 } 7631 } 7632 } 7633 if (shl != &search_hl && cur != NULL) 7634 cur = cur->next; 7635 } 7636 } 7637 7638 /* 7639 * Search for a next 'hlsearch' or match. 7640 * Uses shl->buf. 7641 * Sets shl->lnum and shl->rm contents. 7642 * Note: Assumes a previous match is always before "lnum", unless 7643 * shl->lnum is zero. 7644 * Careful: Any pointers for buffer lines will become invalid. 7645 */ 7646 static void 7647 next_search_hl(win, shl, lnum, mincol, cur) 7648 win_T *win; 7649 match_T *shl; /* points to search_hl or a match */ 7650 linenr_T lnum; 7651 colnr_T mincol; /* minimal column for a match */ 7652 matchitem_T *cur; /* to retrieve match positions if any */ 7653 { 7654 linenr_T l; 7655 colnr_T matchcol; 7656 long nmatched; 7657 7658 if (shl->lnum != 0) 7659 { 7660 /* Check for three situations: 7661 * 1. If the "lnum" is below a previous match, start a new search. 7662 * 2. If the previous match includes "mincol", use it. 7663 * 3. Continue after the previous match. 7664 */ 7665 l = shl->lnum + shl->rm.endpos[0].lnum - shl->rm.startpos[0].lnum; 7666 if (lnum > l) 7667 shl->lnum = 0; 7668 else if (lnum < l || shl->rm.endpos[0].col > mincol) 7669 return; 7670 } 7671 7672 /* 7673 * Repeat searching for a match until one is found that includes "mincol" 7674 * or none is found in this line. 7675 */ 7676 called_emsg = FALSE; 7677 for (;;) 7678 { 7679 #ifdef FEAT_RELTIME 7680 /* Stop searching after passing the time limit. */ 7681 if (profile_passed_limit(&(shl->tm))) 7682 { 7683 shl->lnum = 0; /* no match found in time */ 7684 break; 7685 } 7686 #endif 7687 /* Three situations: 7688 * 1. No useful previous match: search from start of line. 7689 * 2. Not Vi compatible or empty match: continue at next character. 7690 * Break the loop if this is beyond the end of the line. 7691 * 3. Vi compatible searching: continue at end of previous match. 7692 */ 7693 if (shl->lnum == 0) 7694 matchcol = 0; 7695 else if (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_SEARCH) == NULL 7696 || (shl->rm.endpos[0].lnum == 0 7697 && shl->rm.endpos[0].col <= shl->rm.startpos[0].col)) 7698 { 7699 char_u *ml; 7700 7701 matchcol = shl->rm.startpos[0].col; 7702 ml = ml_get_buf(shl->buf, lnum, FALSE) + matchcol; 7703 if (*ml == NUL) 7704 { 7705 ++matchcol; 7706 shl->lnum = 0; 7707 break; 7708 } 7709 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 7710 if (has_mbyte) 7711 matchcol += mb_ptr2len(ml); 7712 else 7713 #endif 7714 ++matchcol; 7715 } 7716 else 7717 matchcol = shl->rm.endpos[0].col; 7718 7719 shl->lnum = lnum; 7720 if (shl->rm.regprog != NULL) 7721 { 7722 /* Remember whether shl->rm is using a copy of the regprog in 7723 * cur->match. */ 7724 int regprog_is_copy = (shl != &search_hl && cur != NULL 7725 && shl == &cur->hl 7726 && cur->match.regprog == cur->hl.rm.regprog); 7727 7728 nmatched = vim_regexec_multi(&shl->rm, win, shl->buf, lnum, 7729 matchcol, 7730 #ifdef FEAT_RELTIME 7731 &(shl->tm) 7732 #else 7733 NULL 7734 #endif 7735 ); 7736 /* Copy the regprog, in case it got freed and recompiled. */ 7737 if (regprog_is_copy) 7738 cur->match.regprog = cur->hl.rm.regprog; 7739 7740 if (called_emsg || got_int) 7741 { 7742 /* Error while handling regexp: stop using this regexp. */ 7743 if (shl == &search_hl) 7744 { 7745 /* don't free regprog in the match list, it's a copy */ 7746 vim_regfree(shl->rm.regprog); 7747 SET_NO_HLSEARCH(TRUE); 7748 } 7749 shl->rm.regprog = NULL; 7750 shl->lnum = 0; 7751 got_int = FALSE; /* avoid the "Type :quit to exit Vim" 7752 message */ 7753 break; 7754 } 7755 } 7756 else if (cur != NULL) 7757 nmatched = next_search_hl_pos(shl, lnum, &(cur->pos), matchcol); 7758 else 7759 nmatched = 0; 7760 if (nmatched == 0) 7761 { 7762 shl->lnum = 0; /* no match found */ 7763 break; 7764 } 7765 if (shl->rm.startpos[0].lnum > 0 7766 || shl->rm.startpos[0].col >= mincol 7767 || nmatched > 1 7768 || shl->rm.endpos[0].col > mincol) 7769 { 7770 shl->lnum += shl->rm.startpos[0].lnum; 7771 break; /* useful match found */ 7772 } 7773 } 7774 } 7775 7776 static int 7777 next_search_hl_pos(shl, lnum, posmatch, mincol) 7778 match_T *shl; /* points to a match */ 7779 linenr_T lnum; 7780 posmatch_T *posmatch; /* match positions */ 7781 colnr_T mincol; /* minimal column for a match */ 7782 { 7783 int i; 7784 int bot = -1; 7785 7786 shl->lnum = 0; 7787 for (i = posmatch->cur; i < MAXPOSMATCH; i++) 7788 { 7789 if (posmatch->pos[i].lnum == 0) 7790 break; 7791 if (posmatch->pos[i].col < mincol) 7792 continue; 7793 if (posmatch->pos[i].lnum == lnum) 7794 { 7795 if (shl->lnum == lnum) 7796 { 7797 /* partially sort positions by column numbers 7798 * on the same line */ 7799 if (posmatch->pos[i].col < posmatch->pos[bot].col) 7800 { 7801 llpos_T tmp = posmatch->pos[i]; 7802 7803 posmatch->pos[i] = posmatch->pos[bot]; 7804 posmatch->pos[bot] = tmp; 7805 } 7806 } 7807 else 7808 { 7809 bot = i; 7810 shl->lnum = lnum; 7811 } 7812 } 7813 } 7814 posmatch->cur = 0; 7815 if (shl->lnum == lnum && bot >= 0) 7816 { 7817 colnr_T start = posmatch->pos[bot].col == 0 7818 ? 0 : posmatch->pos[bot].col - 1; 7819 colnr_T end = posmatch->pos[bot].col == 0 7820 ? MAXCOL : start + posmatch->pos[bot].len; 7821 7822 shl->rm.startpos[0].lnum = 0; 7823 shl->rm.startpos[0].col = start; 7824 shl->rm.endpos[0].lnum = 0; 7825 shl->rm.endpos[0].col = end; 7826 posmatch->cur = bot + 1; 7827 return TRUE; 7828 } 7829 return FALSE; 7830 } 7831 #endif 7832 7833 static void 7834 screen_start_highlight(attr) 7835 int attr; 7836 { 7837 attrentry_T *aep = NULL; 7838 7839 screen_attr = attr; 7840 if (full_screen 7841 #ifdef WIN3264 7842 && termcap_active 7843 #endif 7844 ) 7845 { 7846 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 7847 if (gui.in_use) 7848 { 7849 char buf[20]; 7850 7851 /* The GUI handles this internally. */ 7852 sprintf(buf, IF_EB("\033|%dh", ESC_STR "|%dh"), attr); 7853 OUT_STR(buf); 7854 } 7855 else 7856 #endif 7857 { 7858 if (attr > HL_ALL) /* special HL attr. */ 7859 { 7860 if (t_colors > 1) 7861 aep = syn_cterm_attr2entry(attr); 7862 else 7863 aep = syn_term_attr2entry(attr); 7864 if (aep == NULL) /* did ":syntax clear" */ 7865 attr = 0; 7866 else 7867 attr = aep->ae_attr; 7868 } 7869 if ((attr & HL_BOLD) && T_MD != NULL) /* bold */ 7870 out_str(T_MD); 7871 else if (aep != NULL && t_colors > 1 && aep->ae_u.cterm.fg_color 7872 && cterm_normal_fg_bold) 7873 /* If the Normal FG color has BOLD attribute and the new HL 7874 * has a FG color defined, clear BOLD. */ 7875 out_str(T_ME); 7876 if ((attr & HL_STANDOUT) && T_SO != NULL) /* standout */ 7877 out_str(T_SO); 7878 if ((attr & (HL_UNDERLINE | HL_UNDERCURL)) && T_US != NULL) 7879 /* underline or undercurl */ 7880 out_str(T_US); 7881 if ((attr & HL_ITALIC) && T_CZH != NULL) /* italic */ 7882 out_str(T_CZH); 7883 if ((attr & HL_INVERSE) && T_MR != NULL) /* inverse (reverse) */ 7884 out_str(T_MR); 7885 7886 /* 7887 * Output the color or start string after bold etc., in case the 7888 * bold etc. override the color setting. 7889 */ 7890 if (aep != NULL) 7891 { 7892 if (t_colors > 1) 7893 { 7894 if (aep->ae_u.cterm.fg_color) 7895 term_fg_color(aep->ae_u.cterm.fg_color - 1); 7896 if (aep->ae_u.cterm.bg_color) 7897 term_bg_color(aep->ae_u.cterm.bg_color - 1); 7898 } 7899 else 7900 { 7901 if (aep->ae_u.term.start != NULL) 7902 out_str(aep->ae_u.term.start); 7903 } 7904 } 7905 } 7906 } 7907 } 7908 7909 void 7910 screen_stop_highlight() 7911 { 7912 int do_ME = FALSE; /* output T_ME code */ 7913 7914 if (screen_attr != 0 7915 #ifdef WIN3264 7916 && termcap_active 7917 #endif 7918 ) 7919 { 7920 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 7921 if (gui.in_use) 7922 { 7923 char buf[20]; 7924 7925 /* use internal GUI code */ 7926 sprintf(buf, IF_EB("\033|%dH", ESC_STR "|%dH"), screen_attr); 7927 OUT_STR(buf); 7928 } 7929 else 7930 #endif 7931 { 7932 if (screen_attr > HL_ALL) /* special HL attr. */ 7933 { 7934 attrentry_T *aep; 7935 7936 if (t_colors > 1) 7937 { 7938 /* 7939 * Assume that t_me restores the original colors! 7940 */ 7941 aep = syn_cterm_attr2entry(screen_attr); 7942 if (aep != NULL && (aep->ae_u.cterm.fg_color 7943 || aep->ae_u.cterm.bg_color)) 7944 do_ME = TRUE; 7945 } 7946 else 7947 { 7948 aep = syn_term_attr2entry(screen_attr); 7949 if (aep != NULL && aep->ae_u.term.stop != NULL) 7950 { 7951 if (STRCMP(aep->ae_u.term.stop, T_ME) == 0) 7952 do_ME = TRUE; 7953 else 7954 out_str(aep->ae_u.term.stop); 7955 } 7956 } 7957 if (aep == NULL) /* did ":syntax clear" */ 7958 screen_attr = 0; 7959 else 7960 screen_attr = aep->ae_attr; 7961 } 7962 7963 /* 7964 * Often all ending-codes are equal to T_ME. Avoid outputting the 7965 * same sequence several times. 7966 */ 7967 if (screen_attr & HL_STANDOUT) 7968 { 7969 if (STRCMP(T_SE, T_ME) == 0) 7970 do_ME = TRUE; 7971 else 7972 out_str(T_SE); 7973 } 7974 if (screen_attr & (HL_UNDERLINE | HL_UNDERCURL)) 7975 { 7976 if (STRCMP(T_UE, T_ME) == 0) 7977 do_ME = TRUE; 7978 else 7979 out_str(T_UE); 7980 } 7981 if (screen_attr & HL_ITALIC) 7982 { 7983 if (STRCMP(T_CZR, T_ME) == 0) 7984 do_ME = TRUE; 7985 else 7986 out_str(T_CZR); 7987 } 7988 if (do_ME || (screen_attr & (HL_BOLD | HL_INVERSE))) 7989 out_str(T_ME); 7990 7991 if (t_colors > 1) 7992 { 7993 /* set Normal cterm colors */ 7994 if (cterm_normal_fg_color != 0) 7995 term_fg_color(cterm_normal_fg_color - 1); 7996 if (cterm_normal_bg_color != 0) 7997 term_bg_color(cterm_normal_bg_color - 1); 7998 if (cterm_normal_fg_bold) 7999 out_str(T_MD); 8000 } 8001 } 8002 } 8003 screen_attr = 0; 8004 } 8005 8006 /* 8007 * Reset the colors for a cterm. Used when leaving Vim. 8008 * The machine specific code may override this again. 8009 */ 8010 void 8011 reset_cterm_colors() 8012 { 8013 if (t_colors > 1) 8014 { 8015 /* set Normal cterm colors */ 8016 if (cterm_normal_fg_color > 0 || cterm_normal_bg_color > 0) 8017 { 8018 out_str(T_OP); 8019 screen_attr = -1; 8020 } 8021 if (cterm_normal_fg_bold) 8022 { 8023 out_str(T_ME); 8024 screen_attr = -1; 8025 } 8026 } 8027 } 8028 8029 /* 8030 * Put character ScreenLines["off"] on the screen at position "row" and "col", 8031 * using the attributes from ScreenAttrs["off"]. 8032 */ 8033 static void 8034 screen_char(off, row, col) 8035 unsigned off; 8036 int row; 8037 int col; 8038 { 8039 int attr; 8040 8041 /* Check for illegal values, just in case (could happen just after 8042 * resizing). */ 8043 if (row >= screen_Rows || col >= screen_Columns) 8044 return; 8045 8046 /* Outputting a character in the last cell on the screen may scroll the 8047 * screen up. Only do it when the "xn" termcap property is set, otherwise 8048 * mark the character invalid (update it when scrolled up). */ 8049 if (*T_XN == NUL 8050 && row == screen_Rows - 1 && col == screen_Columns - 1 8051 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 8052 /* account for first command-line character in rightleft mode */ 8053 && !cmdmsg_rl 8054 #endif 8055 ) 8056 { 8057 ScreenAttrs[off] = (sattr_T)-1; 8058 return; 8059 } 8060 8061 /* 8062 * Stop highlighting first, so it's easier to move the cursor. 8063 */ 8064 #if defined(FEAT_CLIPBOARD) || defined(FEAT_VERTSPLIT) 8065 if (screen_char_attr != 0) 8066 attr = screen_char_attr; 8067 else 8068 #endif 8069 attr = ScreenAttrs[off]; 8070 if (screen_attr != attr) 8071 screen_stop_highlight(); 8072 8073 windgoto(row, col); 8074 8075 if (screen_attr != attr) 8076 screen_start_highlight(attr); 8077 8078 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 8079 if (enc_utf8 && ScreenLinesUC[off] != 0) 8080 { 8081 char_u buf[MB_MAXBYTES + 1]; 8082 8083 /* Convert UTF-8 character to bytes and write it. */ 8084 8085 buf[utfc_char2bytes(off, buf)] = NUL; 8086 8087 out_str(buf); 8088 if (utf_char2cells(ScreenLinesUC[off]) > 1) 8089 ++screen_cur_col; 8090 } 8091 else 8092 #endif 8093 { 8094 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 8095 out_flush_check(); 8096 #endif 8097 out_char(ScreenLines[off]); 8098 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 8099 /* double-byte character in single-width cell */ 8100 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU && ScreenLines[off] == 0x8e) 8101 out_char(ScreenLines2[off]); 8102 #endif 8103 } 8104 8105 screen_cur_col++; 8106 } 8107 8108 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 8109 8110 /* 8111 * Used for enc_dbcs only: Put one double-wide character at ScreenLines["off"] 8112 * on the screen at position 'row' and 'col'. 8113 * The attributes of the first byte is used for all. This is required to 8114 * output the two bytes of a double-byte character with nothing in between. 8115 */ 8116 static void 8117 screen_char_2(off, row, col) 8118 unsigned off; 8119 int row; 8120 int col; 8121 { 8122 /* Check for illegal values (could be wrong when screen was resized). */ 8123 if (off + 1 >= (unsigned)(screen_Rows * screen_Columns)) 8124 return; 8125 8126 /* Outputting the last character on the screen may scrollup the screen. 8127 * Don't to it! Mark the character invalid (update it when scrolled up) */ 8128 if (row == screen_Rows - 1 && col >= screen_Columns - 2) 8129 { 8130 ScreenAttrs[off] = (sattr_T)-1; 8131 return; 8132 } 8133 8134 /* Output the first byte normally (positions the cursor), then write the 8135 * second byte directly. */ 8136 screen_char(off, row, col); 8137 out_char(ScreenLines[off + 1]); 8138 ++screen_cur_col; 8139 } 8140 #endif 8141 8142 #if defined(FEAT_CLIPBOARD) || defined(FEAT_VERTSPLIT) || defined(PROTO) 8143 /* 8144 * Draw a rectangle of the screen, inverted when "invert" is TRUE. 8145 * This uses the contents of ScreenLines[] and doesn't change it. 8146 */ 8147 void 8148 screen_draw_rectangle(row, col, height, width, invert) 8149 int row; 8150 int col; 8151 int height; 8152 int width; 8153 int invert; 8154 { 8155 int r, c; 8156 int off; 8157 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 8158 int max_off; 8159 #endif 8160 8161 /* Can't use ScreenLines unless initialized */ 8162 if (ScreenLines == NULL) 8163 return; 8164 8165 if (invert) 8166 screen_char_attr = HL_INVERSE; 8167 for (r = row; r < row + height; ++r) 8168 { 8169 off = LineOffset[r]; 8170 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 8171 max_off = off + screen_Columns; 8172 #endif 8173 for (c = col; c < col + width; ++c) 8174 { 8175 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 8176 if (enc_dbcs != 0 && dbcs_off2cells(off + c, max_off) > 1) 8177 { 8178 screen_char_2(off + c, r, c); 8179 ++c; 8180 } 8181 else 8182 #endif 8183 { 8184 screen_char(off + c, r, c); 8185 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 8186 if (utf_off2cells(off + c, max_off) > 1) 8187 ++c; 8188 #endif 8189 } 8190 } 8191 } 8192 screen_char_attr = 0; 8193 } 8194 #endif 8195 8196 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT 8197 /* 8198 * Redraw the characters for a vertically split window. 8199 */ 8200 static void 8201 redraw_block(row, end, wp) 8202 int row; 8203 int end; 8204 win_T *wp; 8205 { 8206 int col; 8207 int width; 8208 8209 # ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD 8210 clip_may_clear_selection(row, end - 1); 8211 # endif 8212 8213 if (wp == NULL) 8214 { 8215 col = 0; 8216 width = Columns; 8217 } 8218 else 8219 { 8220 col = wp->w_wincol; 8221 width = wp->w_width; 8222 } 8223 screen_draw_rectangle(row, col, end - row, width, FALSE); 8224 } 8225 #endif 8226 8227 /* 8228 * Fill the screen from 'start_row' to 'end_row', from 'start_col' to 'end_col' 8229 * with character 'c1' in first column followed by 'c2' in the other columns. 8230 * Use attributes 'attr'. 8231 */ 8232 void 8233 screen_fill(start_row, end_row, start_col, end_col, c1, c2, attr) 8234 int start_row, end_row; 8235 int start_col, end_col; 8236 int c1, c2; 8237 int attr; 8238 { 8239 int row; 8240 int col; 8241 int off; 8242 int end_off; 8243 int did_delete; 8244 int c; 8245 int norm_term; 8246 #if defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(UNIX) 8247 int force_next = FALSE; 8248 #endif 8249 8250 if (end_row > screen_Rows) /* safety check */ 8251 end_row = screen_Rows; 8252 if (end_col > screen_Columns) /* safety check */ 8253 end_col = screen_Columns; 8254 if (ScreenLines == NULL 8255 || start_row >= end_row 8256 || start_col >= end_col) /* nothing to do */ 8257 return; 8258 8259 /* it's a "normal" terminal when not in a GUI or cterm */ 8260 norm_term = ( 8261 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 8262 !gui.in_use && 8263 #endif 8264 t_colors <= 1); 8265 for (row = start_row; row < end_row; ++row) 8266 { 8267 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 8268 if (has_mbyte 8269 # ifdef FEAT_GUI 8270 && !gui.in_use 8271 # endif 8272 ) 8273 { 8274 /* When drawing over the right halve of a double-wide char clear 8275 * out the left halve. When drawing over the left halve of a 8276 * double wide-char clear out the right halve. Only needed in a 8277 * terminal. */ 8278 if (start_col > 0 && mb_fix_col(start_col, row) != start_col) 8279 screen_puts_len((char_u *)" ", 1, row, start_col - 1, 0); 8280 if (end_col < screen_Columns && mb_fix_col(end_col, row) != end_col) 8281 screen_puts_len((char_u *)" ", 1, row, end_col, 0); 8282 } 8283 #endif 8284 /* 8285 * Try to use delete-line termcap code, when no attributes or in a 8286 * "normal" terminal, where a bold/italic space is just a 8287 * space. 8288 */ 8289 did_delete = FALSE; 8290 if (c2 == ' ' 8291 && end_col == Columns 8292 && can_clear(T_CE) 8293 && (attr == 0 8294 || (norm_term 8295 && attr <= HL_ALL 8296 && ((attr & ~(HL_BOLD | HL_ITALIC)) == 0)))) 8297 { 8298 /* 8299 * check if we really need to clear something 8300 */ 8301 col = start_col; 8302 if (c1 != ' ') /* don't clear first char */ 8303 ++col; 8304 8305 off = LineOffset[row] + col; 8306 end_off = LineOffset[row] + end_col; 8307 8308 /* skip blanks (used often, keep it fast!) */ 8309 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 8310 if (enc_utf8) 8311 while (off < end_off && ScreenLines[off] == ' ' 8312 && ScreenAttrs[off] == 0 && ScreenLinesUC[off] == 0) 8313 ++off; 8314 else 8315 #endif 8316 while (off < end_off && ScreenLines[off] == ' ' 8317 && ScreenAttrs[off] == 0) 8318 ++off; 8319 if (off < end_off) /* something to be cleared */ 8320 { 8321 col = off - LineOffset[row]; 8322 screen_stop_highlight(); 8323 term_windgoto(row, col);/* clear rest of this screen line */ 8324 out_str(T_CE); 8325 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */ 8326 col = end_col - col; 8327 while (col--) /* clear chars in ScreenLines */ 8328 { 8329 ScreenLines[off] = ' '; 8330 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 8331 if (enc_utf8) 8332 ScreenLinesUC[off] = 0; 8333 #endif 8334 ScreenAttrs[off] = 0; 8335 ++off; 8336 } 8337 } 8338 did_delete = TRUE; /* the chars are cleared now */ 8339 } 8340 8341 off = LineOffset[row] + start_col; 8342 c = c1; 8343 for (col = start_col; col < end_col; ++col) 8344 { 8345 if (ScreenLines[off] != c 8346 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 8347 || (enc_utf8 && (int)ScreenLinesUC[off] 8348 != (c >= 0x80 ? c : 0)) 8349 #endif 8350 || ScreenAttrs[off] != attr 8351 #if defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(UNIX) 8352 || force_next 8353 #endif 8354 ) 8355 { 8356 #if defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(UNIX) 8357 /* The bold trick may make a single row of pixels appear in 8358 * the next character. When a bold character is removed, the 8359 * next character should be redrawn too. This happens for our 8360 * own GUI and for some xterms. */ 8361 if ( 8362 # ifdef FEAT_GUI 8363 gui.in_use 8364 # endif 8365 # if defined(FEAT_GUI) && defined(UNIX) 8366 || 8367 # endif 8368 # ifdef UNIX 8369 term_is_xterm 8370 # endif 8371 ) 8372 { 8373 if (ScreenLines[off] != ' ' 8374 && (ScreenAttrs[off] > HL_ALL 8375 || ScreenAttrs[off] & HL_BOLD)) 8376 force_next = TRUE; 8377 else 8378 force_next = FALSE; 8379 } 8380 #endif 8381 ScreenLines[off] = c; 8382 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 8383 if (enc_utf8) 8384 { 8385 if (c >= 0x80) 8386 { 8387 ScreenLinesUC[off] = c; 8388 ScreenLinesC[0][off] = 0; 8389 } 8390 else 8391 ScreenLinesUC[off] = 0; 8392 } 8393 #endif 8394 ScreenAttrs[off] = attr; 8395 if (!did_delete || c != ' ') 8396 screen_char(off, row, col); 8397 } 8398 ++off; 8399 if (col == start_col) 8400 { 8401 if (did_delete) 8402 break; 8403 c = c2; 8404 } 8405 } 8406 if (end_col == Columns) 8407 LineWraps[row] = FALSE; 8408 if (row == Rows - 1) /* overwritten the command line */ 8409 { 8410 redraw_cmdline = TRUE; 8411 if (c1 == ' ' && c2 == ' ') 8412 clear_cmdline = FALSE; /* command line has been cleared */ 8413 if (start_col == 0) 8414 mode_displayed = FALSE; /* mode cleared or overwritten */ 8415 } 8416 } 8417 } 8418 8419 /* 8420 * Check if there should be a delay. Used before clearing or redrawing the 8421 * screen or the command line. 8422 */ 8423 void 8424 check_for_delay(check_msg_scroll) 8425 int check_msg_scroll; 8426 { 8427 if ((emsg_on_display || (check_msg_scroll && msg_scroll)) 8428 && !did_wait_return 8429 && emsg_silent == 0) 8430 { 8431 out_flush(); 8432 ui_delay(1000L, TRUE); 8433 emsg_on_display = FALSE; 8434 if (check_msg_scroll) 8435 msg_scroll = FALSE; 8436 } 8437 } 8438 8439 /* 8440 * screen_valid - allocate screen buffers if size changed 8441 * If "doclear" is TRUE: clear screen if it has been resized. 8442 * Returns TRUE if there is a valid screen to write to. 8443 * Returns FALSE when starting up and screen not initialized yet. 8444 */ 8445 int 8446 screen_valid(doclear) 8447 int doclear; 8448 { 8449 screenalloc(doclear); /* allocate screen buffers if size changed */ 8450 return (ScreenLines != NULL); 8451 } 8452 8453 /* 8454 * Resize the shell to Rows and Columns. 8455 * Allocate ScreenLines[] and associated items. 8456 * 8457 * There may be some time between setting Rows and Columns and (re)allocating 8458 * ScreenLines[]. This happens when starting up and when (manually) changing 8459 * the shell size. Always use screen_Rows and screen_Columns to access items 8460 * in ScreenLines[]. Use Rows and Columns for positioning text etc. where the 8461 * final size of the shell is needed. 8462 */ 8463 void 8464 screenalloc(doclear) 8465 int doclear; 8466 { 8467 int new_row, old_row; 8468 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 8469 int old_Rows; 8470 #endif 8471 win_T *wp; 8472 int outofmem = FALSE; 8473 int len; 8474 schar_T *new_ScreenLines; 8475 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 8476 u8char_T *new_ScreenLinesUC = NULL; 8477 u8char_T *new_ScreenLinesC[MAX_MCO]; 8478 schar_T *new_ScreenLines2 = NULL; 8479 int i; 8480 #endif 8481 sattr_T *new_ScreenAttrs; 8482 unsigned *new_LineOffset; 8483 char_u *new_LineWraps; 8484 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 8485 short *new_TabPageIdxs; 8486 tabpage_T *tp; 8487 #endif 8488 static int entered = FALSE; /* avoid recursiveness */ 8489 static int done_outofmem_msg = FALSE; /* did outofmem message */ 8490 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD 8491 int retry_count = 0; 8492 8493 retry: 8494 #endif 8495 /* 8496 * Allocation of the screen buffers is done only when the size changes and 8497 * when Rows and Columns have been set and we have started doing full 8498 * screen stuff. 8499 */ 8500 if ((ScreenLines != NULL 8501 && Rows == screen_Rows 8502 && Columns == screen_Columns 8503 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 8504 && enc_utf8 == (ScreenLinesUC != NULL) 8505 && (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU) == (ScreenLines2 != NULL) 8506 && p_mco == Screen_mco 8507 #endif 8508 ) 8509 || Rows == 0 8510 || Columns == 0 8511 || (!full_screen && ScreenLines == NULL)) 8512 return; 8513 8514 /* 8515 * It's possible that we produce an out-of-memory message below, which 8516 * will cause this function to be called again. To break the loop, just 8517 * return here. 8518 */ 8519 if (entered) 8520 return; 8521 entered = TRUE; 8522 8523 /* 8524 * Note that the window sizes are updated before reallocating the arrays, 8525 * thus we must not redraw here! 8526 */ 8527 ++RedrawingDisabled; 8528 8529 win_new_shellsize(); /* fit the windows in the new sized shell */ 8530 8531 comp_col(); /* recompute columns for shown command and ruler */ 8532 8533 /* 8534 * We're changing the size of the screen. 8535 * - Allocate new arrays for ScreenLines and ScreenAttrs. 8536 * - Move lines from the old arrays into the new arrays, clear extra 8537 * lines (unless the screen is going to be cleared). 8538 * - Free the old arrays. 8539 * 8540 * If anything fails, make ScreenLines NULL, so we don't do anything! 8541 * Continuing with the old ScreenLines may result in a crash, because the 8542 * size is wrong. 8543 */ 8544 FOR_ALL_TAB_WINDOWS(tp, wp) 8545 win_free_lsize(wp); 8546 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD 8547 if (aucmd_win != NULL) 8548 win_free_lsize(aucmd_win); 8549 #endif 8550 8551 new_ScreenLines = (schar_T *)lalloc((long_u)( 8552 (Rows + 1) * Columns * sizeof(schar_T)), FALSE); 8553 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 8554 vim_memset(new_ScreenLinesC, 0, sizeof(u8char_T *) * MAX_MCO); 8555 if (enc_utf8) 8556 { 8557 new_ScreenLinesUC = (u8char_T *)lalloc((long_u)( 8558 (Rows + 1) * Columns * sizeof(u8char_T)), FALSE); 8559 for (i = 0; i < p_mco; ++i) 8560 new_ScreenLinesC[i] = (u8char_T *)lalloc_clear((long_u)( 8561 (Rows + 1) * Columns * sizeof(u8char_T)), FALSE); 8562 } 8563 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU) 8564 new_ScreenLines2 = (schar_T *)lalloc((long_u)( 8565 (Rows + 1) * Columns * sizeof(schar_T)), FALSE); 8566 #endif 8567 new_ScreenAttrs = (sattr_T *)lalloc((long_u)( 8568 (Rows + 1) * Columns * sizeof(sattr_T)), FALSE); 8569 new_LineOffset = (unsigned *)lalloc((long_u)( 8570 Rows * sizeof(unsigned)), FALSE); 8571 new_LineWraps = (char_u *)lalloc((long_u)(Rows * sizeof(char_u)), FALSE); 8572 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 8573 new_TabPageIdxs = (short *)lalloc((long_u)(Columns * sizeof(short)), FALSE); 8574 #endif 8575 8576 FOR_ALL_TAB_WINDOWS(tp, wp) 8577 { 8578 if (win_alloc_lines(wp) == FAIL) 8579 { 8580 outofmem = TRUE; 8581 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 8582 goto give_up; 8583 #endif 8584 } 8585 } 8586 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD 8587 if (aucmd_win != NULL && aucmd_win->w_lines == NULL 8588 && win_alloc_lines(aucmd_win) == FAIL) 8589 outofmem = TRUE; 8590 #endif 8591 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 8592 give_up: 8593 #endif 8594 8595 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 8596 for (i = 0; i < p_mco; ++i) 8597 if (new_ScreenLinesC[i] == NULL) 8598 break; 8599 #endif 8600 if (new_ScreenLines == NULL 8601 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 8602 || (enc_utf8 && (new_ScreenLinesUC == NULL || i != p_mco)) 8603 || (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU && new_ScreenLines2 == NULL) 8604 #endif 8605 || new_ScreenAttrs == NULL 8606 || new_LineOffset == NULL 8607 || new_LineWraps == NULL 8608 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 8609 || new_TabPageIdxs == NULL 8610 #endif 8611 || outofmem) 8612 { 8613 if (ScreenLines != NULL || !done_outofmem_msg) 8614 { 8615 /* guess the size */ 8616 do_outofmem_msg((long_u)((Rows + 1) * Columns)); 8617 8618 /* Remember we did this to avoid getting outofmem messages over 8619 * and over again. */ 8620 done_outofmem_msg = TRUE; 8621 } 8622 vim_free(new_ScreenLines); 8623 new_ScreenLines = NULL; 8624 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 8625 vim_free(new_ScreenLinesUC); 8626 new_ScreenLinesUC = NULL; 8627 for (i = 0; i < p_mco; ++i) 8628 { 8629 vim_free(new_ScreenLinesC[i]); 8630 new_ScreenLinesC[i] = NULL; 8631 } 8632 vim_free(new_ScreenLines2); 8633 new_ScreenLines2 = NULL; 8634 #endif 8635 vim_free(new_ScreenAttrs); 8636 new_ScreenAttrs = NULL; 8637 vim_free(new_LineOffset); 8638 new_LineOffset = NULL; 8639 vim_free(new_LineWraps); 8640 new_LineWraps = NULL; 8641 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 8642 vim_free(new_TabPageIdxs); 8643 new_TabPageIdxs = NULL; 8644 #endif 8645 } 8646 else 8647 { 8648 done_outofmem_msg = FALSE; 8649 8650 for (new_row = 0; new_row < Rows; ++new_row) 8651 { 8652 new_LineOffset[new_row] = new_row * Columns; 8653 new_LineWraps[new_row] = FALSE; 8654 8655 /* 8656 * If the screen is not going to be cleared, copy as much as 8657 * possible from the old screen to the new one and clear the rest 8658 * (used when resizing the window at the "--more--" prompt or when 8659 * executing an external command, for the GUI). 8660 */ 8661 if (!doclear) 8662 { 8663 (void)vim_memset(new_ScreenLines + new_row * Columns, 8664 ' ', (size_t)Columns * sizeof(schar_T)); 8665 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 8666 if (enc_utf8) 8667 { 8668 (void)vim_memset(new_ScreenLinesUC + new_row * Columns, 8669 0, (size_t)Columns * sizeof(u8char_T)); 8670 for (i = 0; i < p_mco; ++i) 8671 (void)vim_memset(new_ScreenLinesC[i] 8672 + new_row * Columns, 8673 0, (size_t)Columns * sizeof(u8char_T)); 8674 } 8675 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU) 8676 (void)vim_memset(new_ScreenLines2 + new_row * Columns, 8677 0, (size_t)Columns * sizeof(schar_T)); 8678 #endif 8679 (void)vim_memset(new_ScreenAttrs + new_row * Columns, 8680 0, (size_t)Columns * sizeof(sattr_T)); 8681 old_row = new_row + (screen_Rows - Rows); 8682 if (old_row >= 0 && ScreenLines != NULL) 8683 { 8684 if (screen_Columns < Columns) 8685 len = screen_Columns; 8686 else 8687 len = Columns; 8688 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 8689 /* When switching to utf-8 don't copy characters, they 8690 * may be invalid now. Also when p_mco changes. */ 8691 if (!(enc_utf8 && ScreenLinesUC == NULL) 8692 && p_mco == Screen_mco) 8693 #endif 8694 mch_memmove(new_ScreenLines + new_LineOffset[new_row], 8695 ScreenLines + LineOffset[old_row], 8696 (size_t)len * sizeof(schar_T)); 8697 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 8698 if (enc_utf8 && ScreenLinesUC != NULL 8699 && p_mco == Screen_mco) 8700 { 8701 mch_memmove(new_ScreenLinesUC + new_LineOffset[new_row], 8702 ScreenLinesUC + LineOffset[old_row], 8703 (size_t)len * sizeof(u8char_T)); 8704 for (i = 0; i < p_mco; ++i) 8705 mch_memmove(new_ScreenLinesC[i] 8706 + new_LineOffset[new_row], 8707 ScreenLinesC[i] + LineOffset[old_row], 8708 (size_t)len * sizeof(u8char_T)); 8709 } 8710 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU && ScreenLines2 != NULL) 8711 mch_memmove(new_ScreenLines2 + new_LineOffset[new_row], 8712 ScreenLines2 + LineOffset[old_row], 8713 (size_t)len * sizeof(schar_T)); 8714 #endif 8715 mch_memmove(new_ScreenAttrs + new_LineOffset[new_row], 8716 ScreenAttrs + LineOffset[old_row], 8717 (size_t)len * sizeof(sattr_T)); 8718 } 8719 } 8720 } 8721 /* Use the last line of the screen for the current line. */ 8722 current_ScreenLine = new_ScreenLines + Rows * Columns; 8723 } 8724 8725 free_screenlines(); 8726 8727 ScreenLines = new_ScreenLines; 8728 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 8729 ScreenLinesUC = new_ScreenLinesUC; 8730 for (i = 0; i < p_mco; ++i) 8731 ScreenLinesC[i] = new_ScreenLinesC[i]; 8732 Screen_mco = p_mco; 8733 ScreenLines2 = new_ScreenLines2; 8734 #endif 8735 ScreenAttrs = new_ScreenAttrs; 8736 LineOffset = new_LineOffset; 8737 LineWraps = new_LineWraps; 8738 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 8739 TabPageIdxs = new_TabPageIdxs; 8740 #endif 8741 8742 /* It's important that screen_Rows and screen_Columns reflect the actual 8743 * size of ScreenLines[]. Set them before calling anything. */ 8744 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 8745 old_Rows = screen_Rows; 8746 #endif 8747 screen_Rows = Rows; 8748 screen_Columns = Columns; 8749 8750 must_redraw = CLEAR; /* need to clear the screen later */ 8751 if (doclear) 8752 screenclear2(); 8753 8754 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 8755 else if (gui.in_use 8756 && !gui.starting 8757 && ScreenLines != NULL 8758 && old_Rows != Rows) 8759 { 8760 (void)gui_redraw_block(0, 0, (int)Rows - 1, (int)Columns - 1, 0); 8761 /* 8762 * Adjust the position of the cursor, for when executing an external 8763 * command. 8764 */ 8765 if (msg_row >= Rows) /* Rows got smaller */ 8766 msg_row = Rows - 1; /* put cursor at last row */ 8767 else if (Rows > old_Rows) /* Rows got bigger */ 8768 msg_row += Rows - old_Rows; /* put cursor in same place */ 8769 if (msg_col >= Columns) /* Columns got smaller */ 8770 msg_col = Columns - 1; /* put cursor at last column */ 8771 } 8772 #endif 8773 8774 entered = FALSE; 8775 --RedrawingDisabled; 8776 8777 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD 8778 /* 8779 * Do not apply autocommands more than 3 times to avoid an endless loop 8780 * in case applying autocommands always changes Rows or Columns. 8781 */ 8782 if (starting == 0 && ++retry_count <= 3) 8783 { 8784 apply_autocmds(EVENT_VIMRESIZED, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf); 8785 /* In rare cases, autocommands may have altered Rows or Columns, 8786 * jump back to check if we need to allocate the screen again. */ 8787 goto retry; 8788 } 8789 #endif 8790 } 8791 8792 void 8793 free_screenlines() 8794 { 8795 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 8796 int i; 8797 8798 vim_free(ScreenLinesUC); 8799 for (i = 0; i < Screen_mco; ++i) 8800 vim_free(ScreenLinesC[i]); 8801 vim_free(ScreenLines2); 8802 #endif 8803 vim_free(ScreenLines); 8804 vim_free(ScreenAttrs); 8805 vim_free(LineOffset); 8806 vim_free(LineWraps); 8807 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 8808 vim_free(TabPageIdxs); 8809 #endif 8810 } 8811 8812 void 8813 screenclear() 8814 { 8815 check_for_delay(FALSE); 8816 screenalloc(FALSE); /* allocate screen buffers if size changed */ 8817 screenclear2(); /* clear the screen */ 8818 } 8819 8820 static void 8821 screenclear2() 8822 { 8823 int i; 8824 8825 if (starting == NO_SCREEN || ScreenLines == NULL 8826 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 8827 || (gui.in_use && gui.starting) 8828 #endif 8829 ) 8830 return; 8831 8832 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 8833 if (!gui.in_use) 8834 #endif 8835 screen_attr = -1; /* force setting the Normal colors */ 8836 screen_stop_highlight(); /* don't want highlighting here */ 8837 8838 #ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD 8839 /* disable selection without redrawing it */ 8840 clip_scroll_selection(9999); 8841 #endif 8842 8843 /* blank out ScreenLines */ 8844 for (i = 0; i < Rows; ++i) 8845 { 8846 lineclear(LineOffset[i], (int)Columns); 8847 LineWraps[i] = FALSE; 8848 } 8849 8850 if (can_clear(T_CL)) 8851 { 8852 out_str(T_CL); /* clear the display */ 8853 clear_cmdline = FALSE; 8854 mode_displayed = FALSE; 8855 } 8856 else 8857 { 8858 /* can't clear the screen, mark all chars with invalid attributes */ 8859 for (i = 0; i < Rows; ++i) 8860 lineinvalid(LineOffset[i], (int)Columns); 8861 clear_cmdline = TRUE; 8862 } 8863 8864 screen_cleared = TRUE; /* can use contents of ScreenLines now */ 8865 8866 win_rest_invalid(firstwin); 8867 redraw_cmdline = TRUE; 8868 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 8869 redraw_tabline = TRUE; 8870 #endif 8871 if (must_redraw == CLEAR) /* no need to clear again */ 8872 must_redraw = NOT_VALID; 8873 compute_cmdrow(); 8874 msg_row = cmdline_row; /* put cursor on last line for messages */ 8875 msg_col = 0; 8876 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */ 8877 msg_scrolled = 0; /* can't scroll back */ 8878 msg_didany = FALSE; 8879 msg_didout = FALSE; 8880 } 8881 8882 /* 8883 * Clear one line in ScreenLines. 8884 */ 8885 static void 8886 lineclear(off, width) 8887 unsigned off; 8888 int width; 8889 { 8890 (void)vim_memset(ScreenLines + off, ' ', (size_t)width * sizeof(schar_T)); 8891 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 8892 if (enc_utf8) 8893 (void)vim_memset(ScreenLinesUC + off, 0, 8894 (size_t)width * sizeof(u8char_T)); 8895 #endif 8896 (void)vim_memset(ScreenAttrs + off, 0, (size_t)width * sizeof(sattr_T)); 8897 } 8898 8899 /* 8900 * Mark one line in ScreenLines invalid by setting the attributes to an 8901 * invalid value. 8902 */ 8903 static void 8904 lineinvalid(off, width) 8905 unsigned off; 8906 int width; 8907 { 8908 (void)vim_memset(ScreenAttrs + off, -1, (size_t)width * sizeof(sattr_T)); 8909 } 8910 8911 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT 8912 /* 8913 * Copy part of a Screenline for vertically split window "wp". 8914 */ 8915 static void 8916 linecopy(to, from, wp) 8917 int to; 8918 int from; 8919 win_T *wp; 8920 { 8921 unsigned off_to = LineOffset[to] + wp->w_wincol; 8922 unsigned off_from = LineOffset[from] + wp->w_wincol; 8923 8924 mch_memmove(ScreenLines + off_to, ScreenLines + off_from, 8925 wp->w_width * sizeof(schar_T)); 8926 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 8927 if (enc_utf8) 8928 { 8929 int i; 8930 8931 mch_memmove(ScreenLinesUC + off_to, ScreenLinesUC + off_from, 8932 wp->w_width * sizeof(u8char_T)); 8933 for (i = 0; i < p_mco; ++i) 8934 mch_memmove(ScreenLinesC[i] + off_to, ScreenLinesC[i] + off_from, 8935 wp->w_width * sizeof(u8char_T)); 8936 } 8937 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU) 8938 mch_memmove(ScreenLines2 + off_to, ScreenLines2 + off_from, 8939 wp->w_width * sizeof(schar_T)); 8940 # endif 8941 mch_memmove(ScreenAttrs + off_to, ScreenAttrs + off_from, 8942 wp->w_width * sizeof(sattr_T)); 8943 } 8944 #endif 8945 8946 /* 8947 * Return TRUE if clearing with term string "p" would work. 8948 * It can't work when the string is empty or it won't set the right background. 8949 */ 8950 int 8951 can_clear(p) 8952 char_u *p; 8953 { 8954 return (*p != NUL && (t_colors <= 1 8955 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 8956 || gui.in_use 8957 #endif 8958 || cterm_normal_bg_color == 0 || *T_UT != NUL)); 8959 } 8960 8961 /* 8962 * Reset cursor position. Use whenever cursor was moved because of outputting 8963 * something directly to the screen (shell commands) or a terminal control 8964 * code. 8965 */ 8966 void 8967 screen_start() 8968 { 8969 screen_cur_row = screen_cur_col = 9999; 8970 } 8971 8972 /* 8973 * Move the cursor to position "row","col" in the screen. 8974 * This tries to find the most efficient way to move, minimizing the number of 8975 * characters sent to the terminal. 8976 */ 8977 void 8978 windgoto(row, col) 8979 int row; 8980 int col; 8981 { 8982 sattr_T *p; 8983 int i; 8984 int plan; 8985 int cost; 8986 int wouldbe_col; 8987 int noinvcurs; 8988 char_u *bs; 8989 int goto_cost; 8990 int attr; 8991 8992 #define GOTO_COST 7 /* assume a term_windgoto() takes about 7 chars */ 8993 #define HIGHL_COST 5 /* assume unhighlight takes 5 chars */ 8994 8995 #define PLAN_LE 1 8996 #define PLAN_CR 2 8997 #define PLAN_NL 3 8998 #define PLAN_WRITE 4 8999 /* Can't use ScreenLines unless initialized */ 9000 if (ScreenLines == NULL) 9001 return; 9002 9003 if (col != screen_cur_col || row != screen_cur_row) 9004 { 9005 /* Check for valid position. */ 9006 if (row < 0) /* window without text lines? */ 9007 row = 0; 9008 if (row >= screen_Rows) 9009 row = screen_Rows - 1; 9010 if (col >= screen_Columns) 9011 col = screen_Columns - 1; 9012 9013 /* check if no cursor movement is allowed in highlight mode */ 9014 if (screen_attr && *T_MS == NUL) 9015 noinvcurs = HIGHL_COST; 9016 else 9017 noinvcurs = 0; 9018 goto_cost = GOTO_COST + noinvcurs; 9019 9020 /* 9021 * Plan how to do the positioning: 9022 * 1. Use CR to move it to column 0, same row. 9023 * 2. Use T_LE to move it a few columns to the left. 9024 * 3. Use NL to move a few lines down, column 0. 9025 * 4. Move a few columns to the right with T_ND or by writing chars. 9026 * 9027 * Don't do this if the cursor went beyond the last column, the cursor 9028 * position is unknown then (some terminals wrap, some don't ) 9029 * 9030 * First check if the highlighting attributes allow us to write 9031 * characters to move the cursor to the right. 9032 */ 9033 if (row >= screen_cur_row && screen_cur_col < Columns) 9034 { 9035 /* 9036 * If the cursor is in the same row, bigger col, we can use CR 9037 * or T_LE. 9038 */ 9039 bs = NULL; /* init for GCC */ 9040 attr = screen_attr; 9041 if (row == screen_cur_row && col < screen_cur_col) 9042 { 9043 /* "le" is preferred over "bc", because "bc" is obsolete */ 9044 if (*T_LE) 9045 bs = T_LE; /* "cursor left" */ 9046 else 9047 bs = T_BC; /* "backspace character (old) */ 9048 if (*bs) 9049 cost = (screen_cur_col - col) * (int)STRLEN(bs); 9050 else 9051 cost = 999; 9052 if (col + 1 < cost) /* using CR is less characters */ 9053 { 9054 plan = PLAN_CR; 9055 wouldbe_col = 0; 9056 cost = 1; /* CR is just one character */ 9057 } 9058 else 9059 { 9060 plan = PLAN_LE; 9061 wouldbe_col = col; 9062 } 9063 if (noinvcurs) /* will stop highlighting */ 9064 { 9065 cost += noinvcurs; 9066 attr = 0; 9067 } 9068 } 9069 9070 /* 9071 * If the cursor is above where we want to be, we can use CR LF. 9072 */ 9073 else if (row > screen_cur_row) 9074 { 9075 plan = PLAN_NL; 9076 wouldbe_col = 0; 9077 cost = (row - screen_cur_row) * 2; /* CR LF */ 9078 if (noinvcurs) /* will stop highlighting */ 9079 { 9080 cost += noinvcurs; 9081 attr = 0; 9082 } 9083 } 9084 9085 /* 9086 * If the cursor is in the same row, smaller col, just use write. 9087 */ 9088 else 9089 { 9090 plan = PLAN_WRITE; 9091 wouldbe_col = screen_cur_col; 9092 cost = 0; 9093 } 9094 9095 /* 9096 * Check if any characters that need to be written have the 9097 * correct attributes. Also avoid UTF-8 characters. 9098 */ 9099 i = col - wouldbe_col; 9100 if (i > 0) 9101 cost += i; 9102 if (cost < goto_cost && i > 0) 9103 { 9104 /* 9105 * Check if the attributes are correct without additionally 9106 * stopping highlighting. 9107 */ 9108 p = ScreenAttrs + LineOffset[row] + wouldbe_col; 9109 while (i && *p++ == attr) 9110 --i; 9111 if (i != 0) 9112 { 9113 /* 9114 * Try if it works when highlighting is stopped here. 9115 */ 9116 if (*--p == 0) 9117 { 9118 cost += noinvcurs; 9119 while (i && *p++ == 0) 9120 --i; 9121 } 9122 if (i != 0) 9123 cost = 999; /* different attributes, don't do it */ 9124 } 9125 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 9126 if (enc_utf8) 9127 { 9128 /* Don't use an UTF-8 char for positioning, it's slow. */ 9129 for (i = wouldbe_col; i < col; ++i) 9130 if (ScreenLinesUC[LineOffset[row] + i] != 0) 9131 { 9132 cost = 999; 9133 break; 9134 } 9135 } 9136 #endif 9137 } 9138 9139 /* 9140 * We can do it without term_windgoto()! 9141 */ 9142 if (cost < goto_cost) 9143 { 9144 if (plan == PLAN_LE) 9145 { 9146 if (noinvcurs) 9147 screen_stop_highlight(); 9148 while (screen_cur_col > col) 9149 { 9150 out_str(bs); 9151 --screen_cur_col; 9152 } 9153 } 9154 else if (plan == PLAN_CR) 9155 { 9156 if (noinvcurs) 9157 screen_stop_highlight(); 9158 out_char('\r'); 9159 screen_cur_col = 0; 9160 } 9161 else if (plan == PLAN_NL) 9162 { 9163 if (noinvcurs) 9164 screen_stop_highlight(); 9165 while (screen_cur_row < row) 9166 { 9167 out_char('\n'); 9168 ++screen_cur_row; 9169 } 9170 screen_cur_col = 0; 9171 } 9172 9173 i = col - screen_cur_col; 9174 if (i > 0) 9175 { 9176 /* 9177 * Use cursor-right if it's one character only. Avoids 9178 * removing a line of pixels from the last bold char, when 9179 * using the bold trick in the GUI. 9180 */ 9181 if (T_ND[0] != NUL && T_ND[1] == NUL) 9182 { 9183 while (i-- > 0) 9184 out_char(*T_ND); 9185 } 9186 else 9187 { 9188 int off; 9189 9190 off = LineOffset[row] + screen_cur_col; 9191 while (i-- > 0) 9192 { 9193 if (ScreenAttrs[off] != screen_attr) 9194 screen_stop_highlight(); 9195 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 9196 out_flush_check(); 9197 #endif 9198 out_char(ScreenLines[off]); 9199 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 9200 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU 9201 && ScreenLines[off] == 0x8e) 9202 out_char(ScreenLines2[off]); 9203 #endif 9204 ++off; 9205 } 9206 } 9207 } 9208 } 9209 } 9210 else 9211 cost = 999; 9212 9213 if (cost >= goto_cost) 9214 { 9215 if (noinvcurs) 9216 screen_stop_highlight(); 9217 if (row == screen_cur_row && (col > screen_cur_col) 9218 && *T_CRI != NUL) 9219 term_cursor_right(col - screen_cur_col); 9220 else 9221 term_windgoto(row, col); 9222 } 9223 screen_cur_row = row; 9224 screen_cur_col = col; 9225 } 9226 } 9227 9228 /* 9229 * Set cursor to its position in the current window. 9230 */ 9231 void 9232 setcursor() 9233 { 9234 if (redrawing()) 9235 { 9236 validate_cursor(); 9237 windgoto(W_WINROW(curwin) + curwin->w_wrow, 9238 W_WINCOL(curwin) + ( 9239 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 9240 /* With 'rightleft' set and the cursor on a double-wide 9241 * character, position it on the leftmost column. */ 9242 curwin->w_p_rl ? ((int)W_WIDTH(curwin) - curwin->w_wcol - ( 9243 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 9244 (has_mbyte 9245 && (*mb_ptr2cells)(ml_get_cursor()) == 2 9246 && vim_isprintc(gchar_cursor())) ? 2 : 9247 # endif 9248 1)) : 9249 #endif 9250 curwin->w_wcol)); 9251 } 9252 } 9253 9254 9255 /* 9256 * insert 'line_count' lines at 'row' in window 'wp' 9257 * if 'invalid' is TRUE the wp->w_lines[].wl_lnum is invalidated. 9258 * if 'mayclear' is TRUE the screen will be cleared if it is faster than 9259 * scrolling. 9260 * Returns FAIL if the lines are not inserted, OK for success. 9261 */ 9262 int 9263 win_ins_lines(wp, row, line_count, invalid, mayclear) 9264 win_T *wp; 9265 int row; 9266 int line_count; 9267 int invalid; 9268 int mayclear; 9269 { 9270 int did_delete; 9271 int nextrow; 9272 int lastrow; 9273 int retval; 9274 9275 if (invalid) 9276 wp->w_lines_valid = 0; 9277 9278 if (wp->w_height < 5) 9279 return FAIL; 9280 9281 if (line_count > wp->w_height - row) 9282 line_count = wp->w_height - row; 9283 9284 retval = win_do_lines(wp, row, line_count, mayclear, FALSE); 9285 if (retval != MAYBE) 9286 return retval; 9287 9288 /* 9289 * If there is a next window or a status line, we first try to delete the 9290 * lines at the bottom to avoid messing what is after the window. 9291 * If this fails and there are following windows, don't do anything to avoid 9292 * messing up those windows, better just redraw. 9293 */ 9294 did_delete = FALSE; 9295 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 9296 if (wp->w_next != NULL || wp->w_status_height) 9297 { 9298 if (screen_del_lines(0, W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height - line_count, 9299 line_count, (int)Rows, FALSE, NULL) == OK) 9300 did_delete = TRUE; 9301 else if (wp->w_next) 9302 return FAIL; 9303 } 9304 #endif 9305 /* 9306 * if no lines deleted, blank the lines that will end up below the window 9307 */ 9308 if (!did_delete) 9309 { 9310 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 9311 wp->w_redr_status = TRUE; 9312 #endif 9313 redraw_cmdline = TRUE; 9314 nextrow = W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height + W_STATUS_HEIGHT(wp); 9315 lastrow = nextrow + line_count; 9316 if (lastrow > Rows) 9317 lastrow = Rows; 9318 screen_fill(nextrow - line_count, lastrow - line_count, 9319 W_WINCOL(wp), (int)W_ENDCOL(wp), 9320 ' ', ' ', 0); 9321 } 9322 9323 if (screen_ins_lines(0, W_WINROW(wp) + row, line_count, (int)Rows, NULL) 9324 == FAIL) 9325 { 9326 /* deletion will have messed up other windows */ 9327 if (did_delete) 9328 { 9329 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 9330 wp->w_redr_status = TRUE; 9331 #endif 9332 win_rest_invalid(W_NEXT(wp)); 9333 } 9334 return FAIL; 9335 } 9336 9337 return OK; 9338 } 9339 9340 /* 9341 * delete "line_count" window lines at "row" in window "wp" 9342 * If "invalid" is TRUE curwin->w_lines[] is invalidated. 9343 * If "mayclear" is TRUE the screen will be cleared if it is faster than 9344 * scrolling 9345 * Return OK for success, FAIL if the lines are not deleted. 9346 */ 9347 int 9348 win_del_lines(wp, row, line_count, invalid, mayclear) 9349 win_T *wp; 9350 int row; 9351 int line_count; 9352 int invalid; 9353 int mayclear; 9354 { 9355 int retval; 9356 9357 if (invalid) 9358 wp->w_lines_valid = 0; 9359 9360 if (line_count > wp->w_height - row) 9361 line_count = wp->w_height - row; 9362 9363 retval = win_do_lines(wp, row, line_count, mayclear, TRUE); 9364 if (retval != MAYBE) 9365 return retval; 9366 9367 if (screen_del_lines(0, W_WINROW(wp) + row, line_count, 9368 (int)Rows, FALSE, NULL) == FAIL) 9369 return FAIL; 9370 9371 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 9372 /* 9373 * If there are windows or status lines below, try to put them at the 9374 * correct place. If we can't do that, they have to be redrawn. 9375 */ 9376 if (wp->w_next || wp->w_status_height || cmdline_row < Rows - 1) 9377 { 9378 if (screen_ins_lines(0, W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height - line_count, 9379 line_count, (int)Rows, NULL) == FAIL) 9380 { 9381 wp->w_redr_status = TRUE; 9382 win_rest_invalid(wp->w_next); 9383 } 9384 } 9385 /* 9386 * If this is the last window and there is no status line, redraw the 9387 * command line later. 9388 */ 9389 else 9390 #endif 9391 redraw_cmdline = TRUE; 9392 return OK; 9393 } 9394 9395 /* 9396 * Common code for win_ins_lines() and win_del_lines(). 9397 * Returns OK or FAIL when the work has been done. 9398 * Returns MAYBE when not finished yet. 9399 */ 9400 static int 9401 win_do_lines(wp, row, line_count, mayclear, del) 9402 win_T *wp; 9403 int row; 9404 int line_count; 9405 int mayclear; 9406 int del; 9407 { 9408 int retval; 9409 9410 if (!redrawing() || line_count <= 0) 9411 return FAIL; 9412 9413 /* only a few lines left: redraw is faster */ 9414 if (mayclear && Rows - line_count < 5 9415 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT 9416 && wp->w_width == Columns 9417 #endif 9418 ) 9419 { 9420 screenclear(); /* will set wp->w_lines_valid to 0 */ 9421 return FAIL; 9422 } 9423 9424 /* 9425 * Delete all remaining lines 9426 */ 9427 if (row + line_count >= wp->w_height) 9428 { 9429 screen_fill(W_WINROW(wp) + row, W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height, 9430 W_WINCOL(wp), (int)W_ENDCOL(wp), 9431 ' ', ' ', 0); 9432 return OK; 9433 } 9434 9435 /* 9436 * when scrolling, the message on the command line should be cleared, 9437 * otherwise it will stay there forever. 9438 */ 9439 clear_cmdline = TRUE; 9440 9441 /* 9442 * If the terminal can set a scroll region, use that. 9443 * Always do this in a vertically split window. This will redraw from 9444 * ScreenLines[] when t_CV isn't defined. That's faster than using 9445 * win_line(). 9446 * Don't use a scroll region when we are going to redraw the text, writing 9447 * a character in the lower right corner of the scroll region causes a 9448 * scroll-up in the DJGPP version. 9449 */ 9450 if (scroll_region 9451 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT 9452 || W_WIDTH(wp) != Columns 9453 #endif 9454 ) 9455 { 9456 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT 9457 if (scroll_region && (wp->w_width == Columns || *T_CSV != NUL)) 9458 #endif 9459 scroll_region_set(wp, row); 9460 if (del) 9461 retval = screen_del_lines(W_WINROW(wp) + row, 0, line_count, 9462 wp->w_height - row, FALSE, wp); 9463 else 9464 retval = screen_ins_lines(W_WINROW(wp) + row, 0, line_count, 9465 wp->w_height - row, wp); 9466 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT 9467 if (scroll_region && (wp->w_width == Columns || *T_CSV != NUL)) 9468 #endif 9469 scroll_region_reset(); 9470 return retval; 9471 } 9472 9473 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 9474 if (wp->w_next != NULL && p_tf) /* don't delete/insert on fast terminal */ 9475 return FAIL; 9476 #endif 9477 9478 return MAYBE; 9479 } 9480 9481 /* 9482 * window 'wp' and everything after it is messed up, mark it for redraw 9483 */ 9484 static void 9485 win_rest_invalid(wp) 9486 win_T *wp; 9487 { 9488 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 9489 while (wp != NULL) 9490 #else 9491 if (wp != NULL) 9492 #endif 9493 { 9494 redraw_win_later(wp, NOT_VALID); 9495 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 9496 wp->w_redr_status = TRUE; 9497 wp = wp->w_next; 9498 #endif 9499 } 9500 redraw_cmdline = TRUE; 9501 } 9502 9503 /* 9504 * The rest of the routines in this file perform screen manipulations. The 9505 * given operation is performed physically on the screen. The corresponding 9506 * change is also made to the internal screen image. In this way, the editor 9507 * anticipates the effect of editing changes on the appearance of the screen. 9508 * That way, when we call screenupdate a complete redraw isn't usually 9509 * necessary. Another advantage is that we can keep adding code to anticipate 9510 * screen changes, and in the meantime, everything still works. 9511 */ 9512 9513 /* 9514 * types for inserting or deleting lines 9515 */ 9516 #define USE_T_CAL 1 9517 #define USE_T_CDL 2 9518 #define USE_T_AL 3 9519 #define USE_T_CE 4 9520 #define USE_T_DL 5 9521 #define USE_T_SR 6 9522 #define USE_NL 7 9523 #define USE_T_CD 8 9524 #define USE_REDRAW 9 9525 9526 /* 9527 * insert lines on the screen and update ScreenLines[] 9528 * 'end' is the line after the scrolled part. Normally it is Rows. 9529 * When scrolling region used 'off' is the offset from the top for the region. 9530 * 'row' and 'end' are relative to the start of the region. 9531 * 9532 * return FAIL for failure, OK for success. 9533 */ 9534 int 9535 screen_ins_lines(off, row, line_count, end, wp) 9536 int off; 9537 int row; 9538 int line_count; 9539 int end; 9540 win_T *wp; /* NULL or window to use width from */ 9541 { 9542 int i; 9543 int j; 9544 unsigned temp; 9545 int cursor_row; 9546 int type; 9547 int result_empty; 9548 int can_ce = can_clear(T_CE); 9549 9550 /* 9551 * FAIL if 9552 * - there is no valid screen 9553 * - the screen has to be redrawn completely 9554 * - the line count is less than one 9555 * - the line count is more than 'ttyscroll' 9556 */ 9557 if (!screen_valid(TRUE) || line_count <= 0 || line_count > p_ttyscroll) 9558 return FAIL; 9559 9560 /* 9561 * There are seven ways to insert lines: 9562 * 0. When in a vertically split window and t_CV isn't set, redraw the 9563 * characters from ScreenLines[]. 9564 * 1. Use T_CD (clear to end of display) if it exists and the result of 9565 * the insert is just empty lines 9566 * 2. Use T_CAL (insert multiple lines) if it exists and T_AL is not 9567 * present or line_count > 1. It looks better if we do all the inserts 9568 * at once. 9569 * 3. Use T_CDL (delete multiple lines) if it exists and the result of the 9570 * insert is just empty lines and T_CE is not present or line_count > 9571 * 1. 9572 * 4. Use T_AL (insert line) if it exists. 9573 * 5. Use T_CE (erase line) if it exists and the result of the insert is 9574 * just empty lines. 9575 * 6. Use T_DL (delete line) if it exists and the result of the insert is 9576 * just empty lines. 9577 * 7. Use T_SR (scroll reverse) if it exists and inserting at row 0 and 9578 * the 'da' flag is not set or we have clear line capability. 9579 * 8. redraw the characters from ScreenLines[]. 9580 * 9581 * Careful: In a hpterm scroll reverse doesn't work as expected, it moves 9582 * the scrollbar for the window. It does have insert line, use that if it 9583 * exists. 9584 */ 9585 result_empty = (row + line_count >= end); 9586 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT 9587 if (wp != NULL && wp->w_width != Columns && *T_CSV == NUL) 9588 type = USE_REDRAW; 9589 else 9590 #endif 9591 if (can_clear(T_CD) && result_empty) 9592 type = USE_T_CD; 9593 else if (*T_CAL != NUL && (line_count > 1 || *T_AL == NUL)) 9594 type = USE_T_CAL; 9595 else if (*T_CDL != NUL && result_empty && (line_count > 1 || !can_ce)) 9596 type = USE_T_CDL; 9597 else if (*T_AL != NUL) 9598 type = USE_T_AL; 9599 else if (can_ce && result_empty) 9600 type = USE_T_CE; 9601 else if (*T_DL != NUL && result_empty) 9602 type = USE_T_DL; 9603 else if (*T_SR != NUL && row == 0 && (*T_DA == NUL || can_ce)) 9604 type = USE_T_SR; 9605 else 9606 return FAIL; 9607 9608 /* 9609 * For clearing the lines screen_del_lines() is used. This will also take 9610 * care of t_db if necessary. 9611 */ 9612 if (type == USE_T_CD || type == USE_T_CDL || 9613 type == USE_T_CE || type == USE_T_DL) 9614 return screen_del_lines(off, row, line_count, end, FALSE, wp); 9615 9616 /* 9617 * If text is retained below the screen, first clear or delete as many 9618 * lines at the bottom of the window as are about to be inserted so that 9619 * the deleted lines won't later surface during a screen_del_lines. 9620 */ 9621 if (*T_DB) 9622 screen_del_lines(off, end - line_count, line_count, end, FALSE, wp); 9623 9624 #ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD 9625 /* Remove a modeless selection when inserting lines halfway the screen 9626 * or not the full width of the screen. */ 9627 if (off + row > 0 9628 # ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT 9629 || (wp != NULL && wp->w_width != Columns) 9630 # endif 9631 ) 9632 clip_clear_selection(&clip_star); 9633 else 9634 clip_scroll_selection(-line_count); 9635 #endif 9636 9637 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 9638 /* Don't update the GUI cursor here, ScreenLines[] is invalid until the 9639 * scrolling is actually carried out. */ 9640 gui_dont_update_cursor(); 9641 #endif 9642 9643 if (*T_CCS != NUL) /* cursor relative to region */ 9644 cursor_row = row; 9645 else 9646 cursor_row = row + off; 9647 9648 /* 9649 * Shift LineOffset[] line_count down to reflect the inserted lines. 9650 * Clear the inserted lines in ScreenLines[]. 9651 */ 9652 row += off; 9653 end += off; 9654 for (i = 0; i < line_count; ++i) 9655 { 9656 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT 9657 if (wp != NULL && wp->w_width != Columns) 9658 { 9659 /* need to copy part of a line */ 9660 j = end - 1 - i; 9661 while ((j -= line_count) >= row) 9662 linecopy(j + line_count, j, wp); 9663 j += line_count; 9664 if (can_clear((char_u *)" ")) 9665 lineclear(LineOffset[j] + wp->w_wincol, wp->w_width); 9666 else 9667 lineinvalid(LineOffset[j] + wp->w_wincol, wp->w_width); 9668 LineWraps[j] = FALSE; 9669 } 9670 else 9671 #endif 9672 { 9673 j = end - 1 - i; 9674 temp = LineOffset[j]; 9675 while ((j -= line_count) >= row) 9676 { 9677 LineOffset[j + line_count] = LineOffset[j]; 9678 LineWraps[j + line_count] = LineWraps[j]; 9679 } 9680 LineOffset[j + line_count] = temp; 9681 LineWraps[j + line_count] = FALSE; 9682 if (can_clear((char_u *)" ")) 9683 lineclear(temp, (int)Columns); 9684 else 9685 lineinvalid(temp, (int)Columns); 9686 } 9687 } 9688 9689 screen_stop_highlight(); 9690 windgoto(cursor_row, 0); 9691 9692 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT 9693 /* redraw the characters */ 9694 if (type == USE_REDRAW) 9695 redraw_block(row, end, wp); 9696 else 9697 #endif 9698 if (type == USE_T_CAL) 9699 { 9700 term_append_lines(line_count); 9701 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */ 9702 } 9703 else 9704 { 9705 for (i = 0; i < line_count; i++) 9706 { 9707 if (type == USE_T_AL) 9708 { 9709 if (i && cursor_row != 0) 9710 windgoto(cursor_row, 0); 9711 out_str(T_AL); 9712 } 9713 else /* type == USE_T_SR */ 9714 out_str(T_SR); 9715 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */ 9716 } 9717 } 9718 9719 /* 9720 * With scroll-reverse and 'da' flag set we need to clear the lines that 9721 * have been scrolled down into the region. 9722 */ 9723 if (type == USE_T_SR && *T_DA) 9724 { 9725 for (i = 0; i < line_count; ++i) 9726 { 9727 windgoto(off + i, 0); 9728 out_str(T_CE); 9729 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */ 9730 } 9731 } 9732 9733 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 9734 gui_can_update_cursor(); 9735 if (gui.in_use) 9736 out_flush(); /* always flush after a scroll */ 9737 #endif 9738 return OK; 9739 } 9740 9741 /* 9742 * delete lines on the screen and update ScreenLines[] 9743 * 'end' is the line after the scrolled part. Normally it is Rows. 9744 * When scrolling region used 'off' is the offset from the top for the region. 9745 * 'row' and 'end' are relative to the start of the region. 9746 * 9747 * Return OK for success, FAIL if the lines are not deleted. 9748 */ 9749 int 9750 screen_del_lines(off, row, line_count, end, force, wp) 9751 int off; 9752 int row; 9753 int line_count; 9754 int end; 9755 int force; /* even when line_count > p_ttyscroll */ 9756 win_T *wp UNUSED; /* NULL or window to use width from */ 9757 { 9758 int j; 9759 int i; 9760 unsigned temp; 9761 int cursor_row; 9762 int cursor_end; 9763 int result_empty; /* result is empty until end of region */ 9764 int can_delete; /* deleting line codes can be used */ 9765 int type; 9766 9767 /* 9768 * FAIL if 9769 * - there is no valid screen 9770 * - the screen has to be redrawn completely 9771 * - the line count is less than one 9772 * - the line count is more than 'ttyscroll' 9773 */ 9774 if (!screen_valid(TRUE) || line_count <= 0 || 9775 (!force && line_count > p_ttyscroll)) 9776 return FAIL; 9777 9778 /* 9779 * Check if the rest of the current region will become empty. 9780 */ 9781 result_empty = row + line_count >= end; 9782 9783 /* 9784 * We can delete lines only when 'db' flag not set or when 'ce' option 9785 * available. 9786 */ 9787 can_delete = (*T_DB == NUL || can_clear(T_CE)); 9788 9789 /* 9790 * There are six ways to delete lines: 9791 * 0. When in a vertically split window and t_CV isn't set, redraw the 9792 * characters from ScreenLines[]. 9793 * 1. Use T_CD if it exists and the result is empty. 9794 * 2. Use newlines if row == 0 and count == 1 or T_CDL does not exist. 9795 * 3. Use T_CDL (delete multiple lines) if it exists and line_count > 1 or 9796 * none of the other ways work. 9797 * 4. Use T_CE (erase line) if the result is empty. 9798 * 5. Use T_DL (delete line) if it exists. 9799 * 6. redraw the characters from ScreenLines[]. 9800 */ 9801 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT 9802 if (wp != NULL && wp->w_width != Columns && *T_CSV == NUL) 9803 type = USE_REDRAW; 9804 else 9805 #endif 9806 if (can_clear(T_CD) && result_empty) 9807 type = USE_T_CD; 9808 #if defined(__BEOS__) && defined(BEOS_DR8) 9809 /* 9810 * USE_NL does not seem to work in Terminal of DR8 so we set T_DB="" in 9811 * its internal termcap... this works okay for tests which test *T_DB != 9812 * NUL. It has the disadvantage that the user cannot use any :set t_* 9813 * command to get T_DB (back) to empty_option, only :set term=... will do 9814 * the trick... 9815 * Anyway, this hack will hopefully go away with the next OS release. 9816 * (Olaf Seibert) 9817 */ 9818 else if (row == 0 && T_DB == empty_option 9819 && (line_count == 1 || *T_CDL == NUL)) 9820 #else 9821 else if (row == 0 && ( 9822 #ifndef AMIGA 9823 /* On the Amiga, somehow '\n' on the last line doesn't always scroll 9824 * up, so use delete-line command */ 9825 line_count == 1 || 9826 #endif 9827 *T_CDL == NUL)) 9828 #endif 9829 type = USE_NL; 9830 else if (*T_CDL != NUL && line_count > 1 && can_delete) 9831 type = USE_T_CDL; 9832 else if (can_clear(T_CE) && result_empty 9833 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT 9834 && (wp == NULL || wp->w_width == Columns) 9835 #endif 9836 ) 9837 type = USE_T_CE; 9838 else if (*T_DL != NUL && can_delete) 9839 type = USE_T_DL; 9840 else if (*T_CDL != NUL && can_delete) 9841 type = USE_T_CDL; 9842 else 9843 return FAIL; 9844 9845 #ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD 9846 /* Remove a modeless selection when deleting lines halfway the screen or 9847 * not the full width of the screen. */ 9848 if (off + row > 0 9849 # ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT 9850 || (wp != NULL && wp->w_width != Columns) 9851 # endif 9852 ) 9853 clip_clear_selection(&clip_star); 9854 else 9855 clip_scroll_selection(line_count); 9856 #endif 9857 9858 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 9859 /* Don't update the GUI cursor here, ScreenLines[] is invalid until the 9860 * scrolling is actually carried out. */ 9861 gui_dont_update_cursor(); 9862 #endif 9863 9864 if (*T_CCS != NUL) /* cursor relative to region */ 9865 { 9866 cursor_row = row; 9867 cursor_end = end; 9868 } 9869 else 9870 { 9871 cursor_row = row + off; 9872 cursor_end = end + off; 9873 } 9874 9875 /* 9876 * Now shift LineOffset[] line_count up to reflect the deleted lines. 9877 * Clear the inserted lines in ScreenLines[]. 9878 */ 9879 row += off; 9880 end += off; 9881 for (i = 0; i < line_count; ++i) 9882 { 9883 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT 9884 if (wp != NULL && wp->w_width != Columns) 9885 { 9886 /* need to copy part of a line */ 9887 j = row + i; 9888 while ((j += line_count) <= end - 1) 9889 linecopy(j - line_count, j, wp); 9890 j -= line_count; 9891 if (can_clear((char_u *)" ")) 9892 lineclear(LineOffset[j] + wp->w_wincol, wp->w_width); 9893 else 9894 lineinvalid(LineOffset[j] + wp->w_wincol, wp->w_width); 9895 LineWraps[j] = FALSE; 9896 } 9897 else 9898 #endif 9899 { 9900 /* whole width, moving the line pointers is faster */ 9901 j = row + i; 9902 temp = LineOffset[j]; 9903 while ((j += line_count) <= end - 1) 9904 { 9905 LineOffset[j - line_count] = LineOffset[j]; 9906 LineWraps[j - line_count] = LineWraps[j]; 9907 } 9908 LineOffset[j - line_count] = temp; 9909 LineWraps[j - line_count] = FALSE; 9910 if (can_clear((char_u *)" ")) 9911 lineclear(temp, (int)Columns); 9912 else 9913 lineinvalid(temp, (int)Columns); 9914 } 9915 } 9916 9917 screen_stop_highlight(); 9918 9919 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT 9920 /* redraw the characters */ 9921 if (type == USE_REDRAW) 9922 redraw_block(row, end, wp); 9923 else 9924 #endif 9925 if (type == USE_T_CD) /* delete the lines */ 9926 { 9927 windgoto(cursor_row, 0); 9928 out_str(T_CD); 9929 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */ 9930 } 9931 else if (type == USE_T_CDL) 9932 { 9933 windgoto(cursor_row, 0); 9934 term_delete_lines(line_count); 9935 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */ 9936 } 9937 /* 9938 * Deleting lines at top of the screen or scroll region: Just scroll 9939 * the whole screen (scroll region) up by outputting newlines on the 9940 * last line. 9941 */ 9942 else if (type == USE_NL) 9943 { 9944 windgoto(cursor_end - 1, 0); 9945 for (i = line_count; --i >= 0; ) 9946 out_char('\n'); /* cursor will remain on same line */ 9947 } 9948 else 9949 { 9950 for (i = line_count; --i >= 0; ) 9951 { 9952 if (type == USE_T_DL) 9953 { 9954 windgoto(cursor_row, 0); 9955 out_str(T_DL); /* delete a line */ 9956 } 9957 else /* type == USE_T_CE */ 9958 { 9959 windgoto(cursor_row + i, 0); 9960 out_str(T_CE); /* erase a line */ 9961 } 9962 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */ 9963 } 9964 } 9965 9966 /* 9967 * If the 'db' flag is set, we need to clear the lines that have been 9968 * scrolled up at the bottom of the region. 9969 */ 9970 if (*T_DB && (type == USE_T_DL || type == USE_T_CDL)) 9971 { 9972 for (i = line_count; i > 0; --i) 9973 { 9974 windgoto(cursor_end - i, 0); 9975 out_str(T_CE); /* erase a line */ 9976 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */ 9977 } 9978 } 9979 9980 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 9981 gui_can_update_cursor(); 9982 if (gui.in_use) 9983 out_flush(); /* always flush after a scroll */ 9984 #endif 9985 9986 return OK; 9987 } 9988 9989 /* 9990 * show the current mode and ruler 9991 * 9992 * If clear_cmdline is TRUE, clear the rest of the cmdline. 9993 * If clear_cmdline is FALSE there may be a message there that needs to be 9994 * cleared only if a mode is shown. 9995 * Return the length of the message (0 if no message). 9996 */ 9997 int 9998 showmode() 9999 { 10000 int need_clear; 10001 int length = 0; 10002 int do_mode; 10003 int attr; 10004 int nwr_save; 10005 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND 10006 int sub_attr; 10007 #endif 10008 10009 do_mode = ((p_smd && msg_silent == 0) 10010 && ((State & INSERT) 10011 || restart_edit 10012 || VIsual_active)); 10013 if (do_mode || Recording) 10014 { 10015 /* 10016 * Don't show mode right now, when not redrawing or inside a mapping. 10017 * Call char_avail() only when we are going to show something, because 10018 * it takes a bit of time. 10019 */ 10020 if (!redrawing() || (char_avail() && !KeyTyped) || msg_silent != 0) 10021 { 10022 redraw_cmdline = TRUE; /* show mode later */ 10023 return 0; 10024 } 10025 10026 nwr_save = need_wait_return; 10027 10028 /* wait a bit before overwriting an important message */ 10029 check_for_delay(FALSE); 10030 10031 /* if the cmdline is more than one line high, erase top lines */ 10032 need_clear = clear_cmdline; 10033 if (clear_cmdline && cmdline_row < Rows - 1) 10034 msg_clr_cmdline(); /* will reset clear_cmdline */ 10035 10036 /* Position on the last line in the window, column 0 */ 10037 msg_pos_mode(); 10038 cursor_off(); 10039 attr = hl_attr(HLF_CM); /* Highlight mode */ 10040 if (do_mode) 10041 { 10042 MSG_PUTS_ATTR("--", attr); 10043 #if defined(FEAT_XIM) 10044 if ( 10045 # ifdef FEAT_GUI_GTK 10046 preedit_get_status() 10047 # else 10048 im_get_status() 10049 # endif 10050 ) 10051 # ifdef FEAT_GUI_GTK /* most of the time, it's not XIM being used */ 10052 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(" IM", attr); 10053 # else 10054 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(" XIM", attr); 10055 # endif 10056 #endif 10057 #if defined(FEAT_HANGULIN) && defined(FEAT_GUI) 10058 if (gui.in_use) 10059 { 10060 if (hangul_input_state_get()) 10061 { 10062 /* HANGUL */ 10063 if (enc_utf8) 10064 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(" \355\225\234\352\270\200", attr); 10065 else 10066 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(" \307\321\261\333", attr); 10067 } 10068 } 10069 #endif 10070 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND 10071 /* CTRL-X in Insert mode */ 10072 if (edit_submode != NULL && !shortmess(SHM_COMPLETIONMENU)) 10073 { 10074 /* These messages can get long, avoid a wrap in a narrow 10075 * window. Prefer showing edit_submode_extra. */ 10076 length = (Rows - msg_row) * Columns - 3; 10077 if (edit_submode_extra != NULL) 10078 length -= vim_strsize(edit_submode_extra); 10079 if (length > 0) 10080 { 10081 if (edit_submode_pre != NULL) 10082 length -= vim_strsize(edit_submode_pre); 10083 if (length - vim_strsize(edit_submode) > 0) 10084 { 10085 if (edit_submode_pre != NULL) 10086 msg_puts_attr(edit_submode_pre, attr); 10087 msg_puts_attr(edit_submode, attr); 10088 } 10089 if (edit_submode_extra != NULL) 10090 { 10091 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(" ", attr); /* add a space in between */ 10092 if ((int)edit_submode_highl < (int)HLF_COUNT) 10093 sub_attr = hl_attr(edit_submode_highl); 10094 else 10095 sub_attr = attr; 10096 msg_puts_attr(edit_submode_extra, sub_attr); 10097 } 10098 } 10099 length = 0; 10100 } 10101 else 10102 #endif 10103 { 10104 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE 10105 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) 10106 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(" VREPLACE"), attr); 10107 else 10108 #endif 10109 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG) 10110 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(" REPLACE"), attr); 10111 else if (State & INSERT) 10112 { 10113 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 10114 if (p_ri) 10115 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(" REVERSE"), attr); 10116 #endif 10117 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(" INSERT"), attr); 10118 } 10119 else if (restart_edit == 'I') 10120 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(" (insert)"), attr); 10121 else if (restart_edit == 'R') 10122 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(" (replace)"), attr); 10123 else if (restart_edit == 'V') 10124 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(" (vreplace)"), attr); 10125 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 10126 if (p_hkmap) 10127 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(" Hebrew"), attr); 10128 # ifdef FEAT_FKMAP 10129 if (p_fkmap) 10130 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(farsi_text_5, attr); 10131 # endif 10132 #endif 10133 #ifdef FEAT_KEYMAP 10134 if (State & LANGMAP) 10135 { 10136 # ifdef FEAT_ARABIC 10137 if (curwin->w_p_arab) 10138 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(" Arabic"), attr); 10139 else 10140 # endif 10141 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(" (lang)"), attr); 10142 } 10143 #endif 10144 if ((State & INSERT) && p_paste) 10145 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(" (paste)"), attr); 10146 10147 if (VIsual_active) 10148 { 10149 char *p; 10150 10151 /* Don't concatenate separate words to avoid translation 10152 * problems. */ 10153 switch ((VIsual_select ? 4 : 0) 10154 + (VIsual_mode == Ctrl_V) * 2 10155 + (VIsual_mode == 'V')) 10156 { 10157 case 0: p = N_(" VISUAL"); break; 10158 case 1: p = N_(" VISUAL LINE"); break; 10159 case 2: p = N_(" VISUAL BLOCK"); break; 10160 case 4: p = N_(" SELECT"); break; 10161 case 5: p = N_(" SELECT LINE"); break; 10162 default: p = N_(" SELECT BLOCK"); break; 10163 } 10164 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(p), attr); 10165 } 10166 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(" --", attr); 10167 } 10168 10169 need_clear = TRUE; 10170 } 10171 if (Recording 10172 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND 10173 && edit_submode == NULL /* otherwise it gets too long */ 10174 #endif 10175 ) 10176 { 10177 recording_mode(attr); 10178 need_clear = TRUE; 10179 } 10180 10181 mode_displayed = TRUE; 10182 if (need_clear || clear_cmdline) 10183 msg_clr_eos(); 10184 msg_didout = FALSE; /* overwrite this message */ 10185 length = msg_col; 10186 msg_col = 0; 10187 need_wait_return = nwr_save; /* never ask for hit-return for this */ 10188 } 10189 else if (clear_cmdline && msg_silent == 0) 10190 /* Clear the whole command line. Will reset "clear_cmdline". */ 10191 msg_clr_cmdline(); 10192 10193 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO 10194 /* In Visual mode the size of the selected area must be redrawn. */ 10195 if (VIsual_active) 10196 clear_showcmd(); 10197 10198 /* If the last window has no status line, the ruler is after the mode 10199 * message and must be redrawn */ 10200 if (redrawing() 10201 # ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 10202 && lastwin->w_status_height == 0 10203 # endif 10204 ) 10205 win_redr_ruler(lastwin, TRUE); 10206 #endif 10207 redraw_cmdline = FALSE; 10208 clear_cmdline = FALSE; 10209 10210 return length; 10211 } 10212 10213 /* 10214 * Position for a mode message. 10215 */ 10216 static void 10217 msg_pos_mode() 10218 { 10219 msg_col = 0; 10220 msg_row = Rows - 1; 10221 } 10222 10223 /* 10224 * Delete mode message. Used when ESC is typed which is expected to end 10225 * Insert mode (but Insert mode didn't end yet!). 10226 * Caller should check "mode_displayed". 10227 */ 10228 void 10229 unshowmode(force) 10230 int force; 10231 { 10232 /* 10233 * Don't delete it right now, when not redrawing or inside a mapping. 10234 */ 10235 if (!redrawing() || (!force && char_avail() && !KeyTyped)) 10236 redraw_cmdline = TRUE; /* delete mode later */ 10237 else 10238 { 10239 msg_pos_mode(); 10240 if (Recording) 10241 recording_mode(hl_attr(HLF_CM)); 10242 msg_clr_eos(); 10243 } 10244 } 10245 10246 static void 10247 recording_mode(attr) 10248 int attr; 10249 { 10250 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_("recording"), attr); 10251 if (!shortmess(SHM_RECORDING)) 10252 { 10253 char_u s[4]; 10254 sprintf((char *)s, " @%c", Recording); 10255 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(s, attr); 10256 } 10257 } 10258 10259 #if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) 10260 /* 10261 * Draw the tab pages line at the top of the Vim window. 10262 */ 10263 static void 10264 draw_tabline() 10265 { 10266 int tabcount = 0; 10267 tabpage_T *tp; 10268 int tabwidth; 10269 int col = 0; 10270 int scol = 0; 10271 int attr; 10272 win_T *wp; 10273 win_T *cwp; 10274 int wincount; 10275 int modified; 10276 int c; 10277 int len; 10278 int attr_sel = hl_attr(HLF_TPS); 10279 int attr_nosel = hl_attr(HLF_TP); 10280 int attr_fill = hl_attr(HLF_TPF); 10281 char_u *p; 10282 int room; 10283 int use_sep_chars = (t_colors < 8 10284 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 10285 && !gui.in_use 10286 #endif 10287 ); 10288 10289 redraw_tabline = FALSE; 10290 10291 #ifdef FEAT_GUI_TABLINE 10292 /* Take care of a GUI tabline. */ 10293 if (gui_use_tabline()) 10294 { 10295 gui_update_tabline(); 10296 return; 10297 } 10298 #endif 10299 10300 if (tabline_height() < 1) 10301 return; 10302 10303 #if defined(FEAT_STL_OPT) 10304 10305 /* Init TabPageIdxs[] to zero: Clicking outside of tabs has no effect. */ 10306 for (scol = 0; scol < Columns; ++scol) 10307 TabPageIdxs[scol] = 0; 10308 10309 /* Use the 'tabline' option if it's set. */ 10310 if (*p_tal != NUL) 10311 { 10312 int save_called_emsg = called_emsg; 10313 10314 /* Check for an error. If there is one we would loop in redrawing the 10315 * screen. Avoid that by making 'tabline' empty. */ 10316 called_emsg = FALSE; 10317 win_redr_custom(NULL, FALSE); 10318 if (called_emsg) 10319 set_string_option_direct((char_u *)"tabline", -1, 10320 (char_u *)"", OPT_FREE, SID_ERROR); 10321 called_emsg |= save_called_emsg; 10322 } 10323 else 10324 #endif 10325 { 10326 for (tp = first_tabpage; tp != NULL; tp = tp->tp_next) 10327 ++tabcount; 10328 10329 tabwidth = (Columns - 1 + tabcount / 2) / tabcount; 10330 if (tabwidth < 6) 10331 tabwidth = 6; 10332 10333 attr = attr_nosel; 10334 tabcount = 0; 10335 scol = 0; 10336 for (tp = first_tabpage; tp != NULL && col < Columns - 4; 10337 tp = tp->tp_next) 10338 { 10339 scol = col; 10340 10341 if (tp->tp_topframe == topframe) 10342 attr = attr_sel; 10343 if (use_sep_chars && col > 0) 10344 screen_putchar('|', 0, col++, attr); 10345 10346 if (tp->tp_topframe != topframe) 10347 attr = attr_nosel; 10348 10349 screen_putchar(' ', 0, col++, attr); 10350 10351 if (tp == curtab) 10352 { 10353 cwp = curwin; 10354 wp = firstwin; 10355 } 10356 else 10357 { 10358 cwp = tp->tp_curwin; 10359 wp = tp->tp_firstwin; 10360 } 10361 10362 modified = FALSE; 10363 for (wincount = 0; wp != NULL; wp = wp->w_next, ++wincount) 10364 if (bufIsChanged(wp->w_buffer)) 10365 modified = TRUE; 10366 if (modified || wincount > 1) 10367 { 10368 if (wincount > 1) 10369 { 10370 vim_snprintf((char *)NameBuff, MAXPATHL, "%d", wincount); 10371 len = (int)STRLEN(NameBuff); 10372 if (col + len >= Columns - 3) 10373 break; 10374 screen_puts_len(NameBuff, len, 0, col, 10375 #if defined(FEAT_SYN_HL) 10376 hl_combine_attr(attr, hl_attr(HLF_T)) 10377 #else 10378 attr 10379 #endif 10380 ); 10381 col += len; 10382 } 10383 if (modified) 10384 screen_puts_len((char_u *)"+", 1, 0, col++, attr); 10385 screen_putchar(' ', 0, col++, attr); 10386 } 10387 10388 room = scol - col + tabwidth - 1; 10389 if (room > 0) 10390 { 10391 /* Get buffer name in NameBuff[] */ 10392 get_trans_bufname(cwp->w_buffer); 10393 shorten_dir(NameBuff); 10394 len = vim_strsize(NameBuff); 10395 p = NameBuff; 10396 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 10397 if (has_mbyte) 10398 while (len > room) 10399 { 10400 len -= ptr2cells(p); 10401 mb_ptr_adv(p); 10402 } 10403 else 10404 #endif 10405 if (len > room) 10406 { 10407 p += len - room; 10408 len = room; 10409 } 10410 if (len > Columns - col - 1) 10411 len = Columns - col - 1; 10412 10413 screen_puts_len(p, (int)STRLEN(p), 0, col, attr); 10414 col += len; 10415 } 10416 screen_putchar(' ', 0, col++, attr); 10417 10418 /* Store the tab page number in TabPageIdxs[], so that 10419 * jump_to_mouse() knows where each one is. */ 10420 ++tabcount; 10421 while (scol < col) 10422 TabPageIdxs[scol++] = tabcount; 10423 } 10424 10425 if (use_sep_chars) 10426 c = '_'; 10427 else 10428 c = ' '; 10429 screen_fill(0, 1, col, (int)Columns, c, c, attr_fill); 10430 10431 /* Put an "X" for closing the current tab if there are several. */ 10432 if (first_tabpage->tp_next != NULL) 10433 { 10434 screen_putchar('X', 0, (int)Columns - 1, attr_nosel); 10435 TabPageIdxs[Columns - 1] = -999; 10436 } 10437 } 10438 10439 /* Reset the flag here again, in case evaluating 'tabline' causes it to be 10440 * set. */ 10441 redraw_tabline = FALSE; 10442 } 10443 10444 /* 10445 * Get buffer name for "buf" into NameBuff[]. 10446 * Takes care of special buffer names and translates special characters. 10447 */ 10448 void 10449 get_trans_bufname(buf) 10450 buf_T *buf; 10451 { 10452 if (buf_spname(buf) != NULL) 10453 vim_strncpy(NameBuff, buf_spname(buf), MAXPATHL - 1); 10454 else 10455 home_replace(buf, buf->b_fname, NameBuff, MAXPATHL, TRUE); 10456 trans_characters(NameBuff, MAXPATHL); 10457 } 10458 #endif 10459 10460 #if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) || defined(FEAT_WILDMENU) || defined(FEAT_STL_OPT) 10461 /* 10462 * Get the character to use in a status line. Get its attributes in "*attr". 10463 */ 10464 static int 10465 fillchar_status(attr, is_curwin) 10466 int *attr; 10467 int is_curwin; 10468 { 10469 int fill; 10470 if (is_curwin) 10471 { 10472 *attr = hl_attr(HLF_S); 10473 fill = fill_stl; 10474 } 10475 else 10476 { 10477 *attr = hl_attr(HLF_SNC); 10478 fill = fill_stlnc; 10479 } 10480 /* Use fill when there is highlighting, and highlighting of current 10481 * window differs, or the fillchars differ, or this is not the 10482 * current window */ 10483 if (*attr != 0 && ((hl_attr(HLF_S) != hl_attr(HLF_SNC) 10484 || !is_curwin || firstwin == lastwin) 10485 || (fill_stl != fill_stlnc))) 10486 return fill; 10487 if (is_curwin) 10488 return '^'; 10489 return '='; 10490 } 10491 #endif 10492 10493 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT 10494 /* 10495 * Get the character to use in a separator between vertically split windows. 10496 * Get its attributes in "*attr". 10497 */ 10498 static int 10499 fillchar_vsep(attr) 10500 int *attr; 10501 { 10502 *attr = hl_attr(HLF_C); 10503 if (*attr == 0 && fill_vert == ' ') 10504 return '|'; 10505 else 10506 return fill_vert; 10507 } 10508 #endif 10509 10510 /* 10511 * Return TRUE if redrawing should currently be done. 10512 */ 10513 int 10514 redrawing() 10515 { 10516 return (!RedrawingDisabled 10517 && !(p_lz && char_avail() && !KeyTyped && !do_redraw)); 10518 } 10519 10520 /* 10521 * Return TRUE if printing messages should currently be done. 10522 */ 10523 int 10524 messaging() 10525 { 10526 return (!(p_lz && char_avail() && !KeyTyped)); 10527 } 10528 10529 /* 10530 * Show current status info in ruler and various other places 10531 * If always is FALSE, only show ruler if position has changed. 10532 */ 10533 void 10534 showruler(always) 10535 int always; 10536 { 10537 if (!always && !redrawing()) 10538 return; 10539 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND 10540 if (pum_visible()) 10541 { 10542 # ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 10543 /* Don't redraw right now, do it later. */ 10544 curwin->w_redr_status = TRUE; 10545 # endif 10546 return; 10547 } 10548 #endif 10549 #if defined(FEAT_STL_OPT) && defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) 10550 if ((*p_stl != NUL || *curwin->w_p_stl != NUL) && curwin->w_status_height) 10551 { 10552 redraw_custom_statusline(curwin); 10553 } 10554 else 10555 #endif 10556 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO 10557 win_redr_ruler(curwin, always); 10558 #endif 10559 10560 #ifdef FEAT_TITLE 10561 if (need_maketitle 10562 # ifdef FEAT_STL_OPT 10563 || (p_icon && (stl_syntax & STL_IN_ICON)) 10564 || (p_title && (stl_syntax & STL_IN_TITLE)) 10565 # endif 10566 ) 10567 maketitle(); 10568 #endif 10569 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 10570 /* Redraw the tab pages line if needed. */ 10571 if (redraw_tabline) 10572 draw_tabline(); 10573 #endif 10574 } 10575 10576 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO 10577 static void 10578 win_redr_ruler(wp, always) 10579 win_T *wp; 10580 int always; 10581 { 10582 #define RULER_BUF_LEN 70 10583 char_u buffer[RULER_BUF_LEN]; 10584 int row; 10585 int fillchar; 10586 int attr; 10587 int empty_line = FALSE; 10588 colnr_T virtcol; 10589 int i; 10590 size_t len; 10591 int o; 10592 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT 10593 int this_ru_col; 10594 int off = 0; 10595 int width = Columns; 10596 # define WITH_OFF(x) x 10597 # define WITH_WIDTH(x) x 10598 #else 10599 # define WITH_OFF(x) 0 10600 # define WITH_WIDTH(x) Columns 10601 # define this_ru_col ru_col 10602 #endif 10603 10604 /* If 'ruler' off or redrawing disabled, don't do anything */ 10605 if (!p_ru) 10606 return; 10607 10608 /* 10609 * Check if cursor.lnum is valid, since win_redr_ruler() may be called 10610 * after deleting lines, before cursor.lnum is corrected. 10611 */ 10612 if (wp->w_cursor.lnum > wp->w_buffer->b_ml.ml_line_count) 10613 return; 10614 10615 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND 10616 /* Don't draw the ruler while doing insert-completion, it might overwrite 10617 * the (long) mode message. */ 10618 # ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 10619 if (wp == lastwin && lastwin->w_status_height == 0) 10620 # endif 10621 if (edit_submode != NULL) 10622 return; 10623 /* Don't draw the ruler when the popup menu is visible, it may overlap. */ 10624 if (pum_visible()) 10625 return; 10626 #endif 10627 10628 #ifdef FEAT_STL_OPT 10629 if (*p_ruf) 10630 { 10631 int save_called_emsg = called_emsg; 10632 10633 called_emsg = FALSE; 10634 win_redr_custom(wp, TRUE); 10635 if (called_emsg) 10636 set_string_option_direct((char_u *)"rulerformat", -1, 10637 (char_u *)"", OPT_FREE, SID_ERROR); 10638 called_emsg |= save_called_emsg; 10639 return; 10640 } 10641 #endif 10642 10643 /* 10644 * Check if not in Insert mode and the line is empty (will show "0-1"). 10645 */ 10646 if (!(State & INSERT) 10647 && *ml_get_buf(wp->w_buffer, wp->w_cursor.lnum, FALSE) == NUL) 10648 empty_line = TRUE; 10649 10650 /* 10651 * Only draw the ruler when something changed. 10652 */ 10653 validate_virtcol_win(wp); 10654 if ( redraw_cmdline 10655 || always 10656 || wp->w_cursor.lnum != wp->w_ru_cursor.lnum 10657 || wp->w_cursor.col != wp->w_ru_cursor.col 10658 || wp->w_virtcol != wp->w_ru_virtcol 10659 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT 10660 || wp->w_cursor.coladd != wp->w_ru_cursor.coladd 10661 #endif 10662 || wp->w_topline != wp->w_ru_topline 10663 || wp->w_buffer->b_ml.ml_line_count != wp->w_ru_line_count 10664 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 10665 || wp->w_topfill != wp->w_ru_topfill 10666 #endif 10667 || empty_line != wp->w_ru_empty) 10668 { 10669 cursor_off(); 10670 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 10671 if (wp->w_status_height) 10672 { 10673 row = W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height; 10674 fillchar = fillchar_status(&attr, wp == curwin); 10675 # ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT 10676 off = W_WINCOL(wp); 10677 width = W_WIDTH(wp); 10678 # endif 10679 } 10680 else 10681 #endif 10682 { 10683 row = Rows - 1; 10684 fillchar = ' '; 10685 attr = 0; 10686 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT 10687 width = Columns; 10688 off = 0; 10689 #endif 10690 } 10691 10692 /* In list mode virtcol needs to be recomputed */ 10693 virtcol = wp->w_virtcol; 10694 if (wp->w_p_list && lcs_tab1 == NUL) 10695 { 10696 wp->w_p_list = FALSE; 10697 getvvcol(wp, &wp->w_cursor, NULL, &virtcol, NULL); 10698 wp->w_p_list = TRUE; 10699 } 10700 10701 /* 10702 * Some sprintfs return the length, some return a pointer. 10703 * To avoid portability problems we use strlen() here. 10704 */ 10705 vim_snprintf((char *)buffer, RULER_BUF_LEN, "%ld,", 10706 (wp->w_buffer->b_ml.ml_flags & ML_EMPTY) 10707 ? 0L 10708 : (long)(wp->w_cursor.lnum)); 10709 len = STRLEN(buffer); 10710 col_print(buffer + len, RULER_BUF_LEN - len, 10711 empty_line ? 0 : (int)wp->w_cursor.col + 1, 10712 (int)virtcol + 1); 10713 10714 /* 10715 * Add a "50%" if there is room for it. 10716 * On the last line, don't print in the last column (scrolls the 10717 * screen up on some terminals). 10718 */ 10719 i = (int)STRLEN(buffer); 10720 get_rel_pos(wp, buffer + i + 1, RULER_BUF_LEN - i - 1); 10721 o = i + vim_strsize(buffer + i + 1); 10722 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 10723 if (wp->w_status_height == 0) /* can't use last char of screen */ 10724 #endif 10725 ++o; 10726 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT 10727 this_ru_col = ru_col - (Columns - width); 10728 if (this_ru_col < 0) 10729 this_ru_col = 0; 10730 #endif 10731 /* Never use more than half the window/screen width, leave the other 10732 * half for the filename. */ 10733 if (this_ru_col < (WITH_WIDTH(width) + 1) / 2) 10734 this_ru_col = (WITH_WIDTH(width) + 1) / 2; 10735 if (this_ru_col + o < WITH_WIDTH(width)) 10736 { 10737 /* need at least 3 chars left for get_rel_pos() + NUL */ 10738 while (this_ru_col + o < WITH_WIDTH(width) && RULER_BUF_LEN > i + 4) 10739 { 10740 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 10741 if (has_mbyte) 10742 i += (*mb_char2bytes)(fillchar, buffer + i); 10743 else 10744 #endif 10745 buffer[i++] = fillchar; 10746 ++o; 10747 } 10748 get_rel_pos(wp, buffer + i, RULER_BUF_LEN - i); 10749 } 10750 /* Truncate at window boundary. */ 10751 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 10752 if (has_mbyte) 10753 { 10754 o = 0; 10755 for (i = 0; buffer[i] != NUL; i += (*mb_ptr2len)(buffer + i)) 10756 { 10757 o += (*mb_ptr2cells)(buffer + i); 10758 if (this_ru_col + o > WITH_WIDTH(width)) 10759 { 10760 buffer[i] = NUL; 10761 break; 10762 } 10763 } 10764 } 10765 else 10766 #endif 10767 if (this_ru_col + (int)STRLEN(buffer) > WITH_WIDTH(width)) 10768 buffer[WITH_WIDTH(width) - this_ru_col] = NUL; 10769 10770 screen_puts(buffer, row, this_ru_col + WITH_OFF(off), attr); 10771 i = redraw_cmdline; 10772 screen_fill(row, row + 1, 10773 this_ru_col + WITH_OFF(off) + (int)STRLEN(buffer), 10774 (int)(WITH_OFF(off) + WITH_WIDTH(width)), 10775 fillchar, fillchar, attr); 10776 /* don't redraw the cmdline because of showing the ruler */ 10777 redraw_cmdline = i; 10778 wp->w_ru_cursor = wp->w_cursor; 10779 wp->w_ru_virtcol = wp->w_virtcol; 10780 wp->w_ru_empty = empty_line; 10781 wp->w_ru_topline = wp->w_topline; 10782 wp->w_ru_line_count = wp->w_buffer->b_ml.ml_line_count; 10783 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 10784 wp->w_ru_topfill = wp->w_topfill; 10785 #endif 10786 } 10787 } 10788 #endif 10789 10790 #if defined(FEAT_LINEBREAK) || defined(PROTO) 10791 /* 10792 * Return the width of the 'number' and 'relativenumber' column. 10793 * Caller may need to check if 'number' or 'relativenumber' is set. 10794 * Otherwise it depends on 'numberwidth' and the line count. 10795 */ 10796 int 10797 number_width(wp) 10798 win_T *wp; 10799 { 10800 int n; 10801 linenr_T lnum; 10802 10803 if (wp->w_p_rnu && !wp->w_p_nu) 10804 /* cursor line shows "0" */ 10805 lnum = wp->w_height; 10806 else 10807 /* cursor line shows absolute line number */ 10808 lnum = wp->w_buffer->b_ml.ml_line_count; 10809 10810 if (lnum == wp->w_nrwidth_line_count && wp->w_nuw_cached == wp->w_p_nuw) 10811 return wp->w_nrwidth_width; 10812 wp->w_nrwidth_line_count = lnum; 10813 10814 n = 0; 10815 do 10816 { 10817 lnum /= 10; 10818 ++n; 10819 } while (lnum > 0); 10820 10821 /* 'numberwidth' gives the minimal width plus one */ 10822 if (n < wp->w_p_nuw - 1) 10823 n = wp->w_p_nuw - 1; 10824 10825 wp->w_nrwidth_width = n; 10826 wp->w_nuw_cached = wp->w_p_nuw; 10827 return n; 10828 } 10829 #endif 10830 10831 /* 10832 * Return the current cursor column. This is the actual position on the 10833 * screen. First column is 0. 10834 */ 10835 int 10836 screen_screencol() 10837 { 10838 return screen_cur_col; 10839 } 10840 10841 /* 10842 * Return the current cursor row. This is the actual position on the screen. 10843 * First row is 0. 10844 */ 10845 int 10846 screen_screenrow() 10847 { 10848 return screen_cur_row; 10849 } 10850